Antigen-binding proteins targeting shared antigens

Abstract

Provided herein are HLA-PEPTIDE targets and antigen binding proteins that bind HLA- PEPTIDE targets. Also disclosed are methods for identifying the HLA-PEPTIDE targets as well as identifying one or more antigen binding proteins that bind a given HLA-PEPTIDE target.

Description

ANTIGEN-BINDING PROTEINS TARGETING SHARED ANTIGENS CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No.62 / 611,403, filed December 28, 2017, and of U.S. Provisional Application No.62 / 756,508, filedNovember 6, 2018, which are each hereby incorporated in their entirety by reference for all purposes.SEQUENCE LISTING

[0002] The instant application contains a Sequence Listing which has been submitted via EFS-Web and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Said ASCII copy, created on December 28, 2018, is named 41174WO_CRF_sequencelisting.txt, and is 25,492,888 bytes in size.BACKGROUND

[0003] The immune system employs two types of adaptive immune responses to provide antigen specific protection from pathogens; humoral immune responses, and cellular immune responses, which involve specific recognition of pathogen antigens via B lymphocytes and T lymphocytes, respectively.

[0004] T lymphocytes, by virtue of being the antigen specific effectors of cellular immunity, play a central role in the body's defense against diseases mediated by intracellular pathogens, such as viruses, intracellular bacteria, mycoplasmas, and intracellular parasites, and against cancer cells by directly cytolysing the affected cells. The specificity of T lymphocyte responses is conferred by, and activated through T-cell receptors (TCRs) binding to (major histocompatibility complex) MHC molecules on the surface of affected cells. T-cell receptors are antigen specific receptors clonally distributed on individual T lymphocytes whose repertoire of antigenic specificity is generated via somatic gene rearrangement mechanisms analogous to those involved in generating the antibody gene repertoire. T-cell receptors include a heterodimer of transmembrane molecules, the main type being composed of an alpha-beta polypeptide dimer and a smaller subset of a gamma-delta polypeptide dimer. T lymphocyte receptor subunits comprise a variable and constant region similar to immunoglobulins in the extracellular domain, a short hinge region with cysteine that promotes alpha and beta chain pairing, a transmembrane and a short cytoplasmic region. Signal transduction triggered by TCRs is indirectly mediated via CD3-zeta, an associated multi-subunit complex comprising signal transducing subunits.

[0005] T lymphocyte receptors do not generally recognize native antigens but rather recognize cell-surface displayed complexes comprising an intracellularly processed fragment of an antigenin association with a major histocompatibility complex (MHC) for presentation of peptide antigens. Major histocompatibility complex genes are highly polymorphic across species populations, comprising multiple common alleles for each individual gene. In humans, MHC is referred to as human leukocyte antigen (HLA).

[0006] Major histocompatibility complex class I molecules are expressed on the surface of virtually all nucleated cells in the body and are dimeric molecules comprising a transmembrane heavy chain, comprising the peptide antigen binding cleft, and a smaller extracellular chain termed beta2-microglobulin. MHC class I molecules present peptides derived from the degradation of cytosolic proteins by the proteasome, a multi-unit structure in the cytoplasm, (Niedermann G., 2002. Curr Top Microbiol Immunol.268:91-136; for processing of bacterial antigens, refer to Wick M J, and Ljunggren H G., 1999. Immunol Rev.172:153-62). Cleaved peptides are transported into the lumen of the endoplasmic reticulum (ER) by the transporter associated with antigen processing (TAP) where they are bound to the groove of the assembled class I molecule, and the resultant MHC / peptide complex is transported to the cell membrane to enable antigen presentation to T lymphocytes (Yewdell J W., 2001. Trends Cell Biol.11:294-7; Yewdell J W. and Bennink J R., 2001. Curr Opin Immunol.13:13-8). Alternatively, cleaved peptides can be loaded onto MHC class I molecules in a TAP-independent manner and can also present extracellularly-derived proteins through a process of cross-presentation. As such, a given MHC / peptide complex presents a novel protein structure on the cell surface that can be targeted by a novel antigen-binding protein (e.g., antibodies or TCRs) once the identity of the complex’s structure (peptide sequence and MHC subtype) is determined.

[0007] Tumor cells can express antigens and may display such antigens on the surface of the tumor cell. Such tumor-associated antigens can be used for development of novelimmunotherapeutic reagents for the specific targeting of tumor cells. For example, tumor- associated antigens can be used to identify therapeutic antigen binding proteins, e.g., TCRs, antibodies, or antigen-binding fragments. Such tumor-associated antigens may also be utilized in pharmaceutical compositions, e.g., vaccines. SUMMARY

[0008] Provided herein is an isolated antigen binding protein (ABP) that specifically binds to a human leukocyte antigen (HLA)-PEPTIDE target, wherein the HLA-PEPTIDE target comprises an HLA-restricted peptide complexed with an HLA Class I molecule, wherein the HLA- restricted peptide is located in the peptide binding groove of an α1 / α2 heterodimer portion of the HLA Class I molecule, and wherein: the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype B*35:01 and theHLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequence EVDPIGHVY, the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*02:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequence AIFPGAVPAA, the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequence ASSLPTTMNY, or the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequence HSEVGLPVY.

[0009] In some embodiments, the HLA-restricted peptide is between about 5-15 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the HLA-restricted peptide is between about 8-12 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype B*35:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence EVDPIGHVY, the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*02:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence AIFPGAVPAA, the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence ASSLPTTMNY, or the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence HSEVGLPVY.

[0010] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof.

[0011] In some embodiments of the ABP comprising an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof, the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype B*35:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequence EVDPIGHVY. In some embodiments, the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype B*35:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence EVDPIGHVY.

[0012] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a CDR-H3 comprising a sequence selected from: CARDGVRYYGMDVW, CARGVRGYDRSAGYW, CASHDYGDYGEYFQHW, CARVSWYCSSTSCGVNWFDPW, CAKVNWNDGPYFDYW,CATPTNSGYYGPYYYYGMDVW, CARDVMDVW, CAREGYGMDVW,CARDNGVGVDYW, CARGIADSGSYYGNGRDYYYGMDVW, CARGDYYFDYW,CARDGTRYYGMDVW, CARDVVANFDYW, CARGHSSGWYYYYGMDVW,CAKDLGSYGGYYW, CARSWFGGFNYHYYGMDVW, CARELPIGYGMDVW, andCARGGSYYYYGMDVW.

[0013] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a CDR-L3 comprising a sequence selected from: CMQGLQTPITF, CMQALQTPPTF, CQQAISFPLTF, CQQANSFPLTF, CQQANSFPLTF, CQQSYSIPLTF, CQQTYMMPYTF, CQQSYITPWTF, CQQSYITPYTF, CQQYYTTPYTF, CQQSYSTPLTF, CMQALQTPLTF, CQQYGSWPRTF, CQQSYSTPVTF, CMQALQTPYTF, CQQANSFPFTF, CMQALQTPLTF, and CQQSYSTPLTF.

[0014] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises the CDR-H3 and the CDR-L3 from the scFv designated G5_P7_E7, G5_P7_B3, G5_P7_A5, G5_P7_F6, G5-P1B12, G5-P1C12, G5-P1-E05,G5-P3G01, G5-P3G08, G5-P4B02, G5-P4E04, G5R4-P1D06 , G5R4-P1H11 , G5R4-P2B10 , G5R4-P2H8 , G5R4-P3G05 , G5R4-P4A07 , or G5R4-P4B01.

[0015] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises all three heavy chain CDRs and all three light chain CDRs from the scFv designated G5_P7_E7, G5_P7_B3, G5_P7_A5, G5_P7_F6, G5- P1B12, G5-P1C12, G5-P1-E05, G5-P3G01, G5-P3G08, G5-P4B02, G5-P4E04, G5R4-P1D06 , G5R4-P1H11 , G5R4-P2B10 , G5R4-P2H8 , G5R4-P3G05 , G5R4-P4A07 , or G5R4-P4B01.

[0016] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a VH sequence selected fromQVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYDINWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIINPRSGST KYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDGVRYYGMDVWGQGTTV TVSSAS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGYTFTSHDINWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNPNSG DTGYAQKFQGRVTITADESTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGVRGYDRSAGYWGQGT LVIVSSAS,EVQLLESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFSFSSYWMSWVRQAPGKGLEWISYISGDSGYTN YADSVKGRFTISRDDSKNTLYLQMNSLKTEDTAVYYCASHDYGDYGEYFQHWGQGTLV TVSSAS,EVQLLQSGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNSDMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVAYISSGSSTIY YADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARVSWYCSSTSCGVNWFDPWG QGTLVTVSSAS,EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNSDMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVASISSSGGYIN YADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAKVNWNDGPYFDYWGQGTLV TVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGGTFSNFGVSWLRQAPGQGLEWMGGIIPILGTAN YAQKFQGRVTITADESTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCATPTNSGYYGPYYYYGMDVWG QGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYNMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPNSG GTNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDVMDVWGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSGYLVSWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPNSGG TNTAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCAREGYGMDVWGQGTTVTV SS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYIFRNYPMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPDSG GTKYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDNGVGVDYWGQGTLV TVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNPNI GNTGYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGIADSGSYYGNGRDY YYGMDVWGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSSYGISWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPNSGV TKYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGDYYFDYWGQGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYDINWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPNSGD TKYSQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDGTRYYGMDVWGQGTT VTVSS,EVQLLESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSDYYMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVSYISSSSSYTN YADSVKGRFTISRDDSKNTLYLQMNSLKTEDTAVYYCARDVVANFDYWGQGTLVTVSS, QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSSYAISWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNPDSGS TGYAQRFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGHSSGWYYYYGMDVWG QGTTVTVSS,EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFTSYSMHWVRQAPGKGLEWVSSITSFTNTMY YADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAKDLGSYGGYYWGQGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTNYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIINPSGGS TSYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARSWFGGFNYHYYGMDVW GQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNPNS GNTGYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARELPIGYGMDVWGQGT TVTVSS, andQVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGGTFSSYAISWVRQAPGQGLEWMGGIIPIVGTAN YAQKFQGRVTITADESTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGGSYYYYGMDVWGQGTTVT VSS.

[0017] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a VL sequence selected fromDIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLLHSNGYNYLDWYLQKPGQSPQLLIYLGSYRAS GVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCMQGLQTPITFGQGTRLEIK,DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLLHSNGYNYLDWYLQKPGQSPQLLIYLGSSRAS GVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCMQALQTPPTFGPGTKVDIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCQASQDISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGVPS RFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQAISFPLTFGQSTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYSASTLQSGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQANSFPLTFGGGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQANSFPLTFGGGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQSGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSIPLTFGGGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYYASSLQSGVPS RFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQTYMMPYTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYGASSLQSGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYITPWTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGVPS RFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYITPYTFGQGTKLEIK,DIVMTQSPDSLAVSLGERATINCKTSQSVLYRPNNENYLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLIYQASIR EPGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQAEDVAVYYCQQYYTTPYTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISRFLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYGASRPQSGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGQGTKVEIK,DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLLHSNGYNYLDWYLQKPGQSPQLLIYLGSHRAS GVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCMQALQTPLTFGGGTKVEIK,EIVMTQSPATLSVSPGERATLSCRASQSVSSNLAWYQQKPGQAPRLLIYAASARASGIPAR FSGSGSGTEFTLTISSLQSEDFAVYYCQQYGSWPRTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYGASRLQSGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPVTFGQGTKVEIK,DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLLHSNGYNYLDWYLQKPGQSPQLLIYLGSNRAS GVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCMQALQTPYTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCQASEDISNHLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDALSLQSGVPS RFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQANSFPFTFGPGTKVDIK,DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLLHSNGYNYLDWYLQKPGQSPQLLIYLGSNRAS GVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCMQALQTPLTFGQGTKVEIK, andDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGGGTKVEIK.

[0018] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises the VH sequence and VL sequence from the scFv designated G5_P7_E7, G5_P7_B3, G5_P7_A5, G5_P7_F6, G5-P1B12, G5-P1C12, G5-P1- E05, G5-P3G01, G5-P3G08, G5-P4B02, G5-P4E04, G5R4-P1D06 , G5R4-P1H11 , G5R4- P2B10 , G5R4-P2H8 , G5R4-P3G05 , G5R4-P4A07 , and G5R4-P4B01.

[0019] In some embodiments, the ABP binds to any one or more of amino acid positions 2-8 on the restricted peptide EVDPIGHVY.

[0020] In some embodiments of the ABP comprising an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof, the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*02:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequence AIFPGAVPAA. In some embodiments of the ABP comprising an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof, the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtypeA*02:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence AIFPGAVPAA.

[0021] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a CDR-H3 comprising a sequence selected from: CARDDYGDYVAYFQHW, CARDLSYYYGMDVW, CARVYDFWSVLSGFDIW, CARVEQGYDIYYYYYMDVW, CARSYDYGDYLNFDYW, CARASGSGYYYYYGMDVW, CAASTWIQPFDYW, CASNGNYYGSGSYYNYW, CARAVYYDFWSGPFDYW,CAKGGIYYGSGSYPSW, CARGLYYMDVW, CARGLYGDYFLYYGMDVW,CARGLLGFGEFLTYGMDVW, CARDRDSSWTYYYYGMDVW,CARGLYGDYFLYYGMDVW, CARGDYYDSSGYYFPVYFDYW, andCAKDPFWSGHYYYYGMDVW.

[0022] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a CDR-L3 comprising a sequence selected from: CQQNYNSVTF, CQQSYNTPWTF, CGQSYSTPPTF, CQQSYSAPYTF, CQQSYSIPPTF, CQQSYSAPYTF, CQQHNSYPPTF, CQQYSTYPITI, CQQANSFPWTF, CQQSHSTPQTF, CQQSYSTPLTF, CQQSYSTPLTF, CQQTYSTPWTF, CQQYGSSPYTF, CQQSHSTPLTF, CQQANGFPLTF, and CQQSYSTPLTF.

[0023] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises the CDR-H3 and the CDR-L3 from the scFv designated G8-P1A03, G8-P1A04, G8-P1A06, G8-P1B03, G8-P1C11, G8-P1D02, G8-P1H08, G8-P2B05, G8-P2E06, R3G8-P2C10, R3G8-P2E04, R3G8-P4F05, R3G8-P5C03, R3G8-P5F02, R3G8-P5G08, G8-P1C01, or G8-P2C11.

[0024] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises all three heavy chain CDRs and all three light chain CDRs from the scFv designated G8-P1A03, G8-P1A04, G8-P1A06, G8-P1B03, G8- P1C11, G8-P1D02, G8-P1H08, G8-P2B05, G8-P2E06, R3G8-P2C10, R3G8-P2E04, R3G8- P4F05, R3G8-P5C03, R3G8-P5F02, R3G8-P5G08, G8-P1C01, or G8-P2C11.

[0025] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a VH sequence selected from:QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSRSAITWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPNSGAT NYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDDYGDYVAYFQHWGQGT LVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYPFIGQYLHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIINPSGDSA TYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDLSYYYGMDVWGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTNYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNPIG GGTGYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARVYDFWSVLSGFDIWG QGTLVTVSS,EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSDYYMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVSGINWNGGST GYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARVEQGYDIYYYYYMDVWG KGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTLSSYPINWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWISTYSGH ADYAQKLQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARSYDYGDYLNFDYWGQG TLVTVSS,EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYWMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVSSISGRGDNT YYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARASGSGYYYYYGMDVWGQ GTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFGNYFMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMVNPSGG SETFAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCAASTWIQPFDYWGQGTLVT VSS,EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFDFSIYSMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVSAISGSGGSTY YADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCASNGNYYGSGSYYNYWGQGTL VTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTLTTYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPNSG GTNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARAVYYDFWSGPFDYWGQ GTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPYSG GTNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCAKGGIYYGSGSYPSWGQG TLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGGTFSSYGVSWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWISPYSGN TDYAQKFQGRVTITADESTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGLYYMDVWGKGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFSNMYLHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPNTG DTNYAQTFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGLYGDYFLYYGMDVW GQGTKVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNPNS GNTGYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGLLGFGEFLTYGMDV WGQGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYIHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGVINPSGGS TTYAQKLQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDRDSSWTYYYYGMDVW GQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSNYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNPNS GNTGYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGLYGDYFLYYGMDV WGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSSHAISWVRQAPGQGLEWMGVIIPSGGTS YTQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGDYYDSSGYYFPVYFDYWG QGTLVTVSS, andQVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYAMNWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPNSG GTNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDPFWSGHYYYYGMDV WGQGTTVTVSS.

[0026] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a VL sequence selected from:DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSITSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASNLETGVPS RFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQNYNSVTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCWASQGISSYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGVPS RFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYNTPWTFGPGTKVDIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQAISNSLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQSGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCGQSYSTPPTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYKASSLESGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSAPYTFGPGTKVDIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCQASQDISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGVPS RFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSIPPTFGGGTKVDIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCQASQDISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGVPS RFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSAPYTFGGGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGINSYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASNLETGVPS RFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQHNSYPPTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISRWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQYSTYPITIGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNSLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQANSFPWTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQDVSTWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGVPS RFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSHSTPQTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASNLETGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGGGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQSGVPS RFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGGGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQSGVPS RFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQTYSTPWTFGQGTKLEIK,EIVMTQSPATLSVSPGERATLSCRASQSVGNSLAWYQQKPGQAPRLLIYGASTRATGIPAR FSGSGSGTEFTLTISSLQSEDFAVYYCQQYGSSPYTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISGYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSHSTPLTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQNIYTYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASNLETGVPS RFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQANGFPLTFGGGTKVEIK, andDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGGGTKVEIK.

[0027] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises the VH sequence and VL sequence from the scFv designated G8-P1A03, G8-P1A04, G8-P1A06, G8-P1B03, G8-P1C11, G8-P1D02, G8- P1H08, G8-P2B05, G8-P2E06, R3G8-P2C10, R3G8-P2E04, R3G8-P4F05, R3G8-P5C03, R3G8-P5F02, R3G8-P5G08, G8-P1C01, or G8-P2C11.

[0028] In some embodiments, the ABP binds to any one or more of amino acid positions 1-5 of the restricted peptide AIFPGAVPAA. In some embodiments, the ABP binds to one or both of amino acid positions 4 and 5 of the restricted peptide AIFPGAVPAA.

[0029] In some embodiments, the ABP binds to any one or more of amino acid positions 45-60 of HLA subtype A*02:01.

[0030] In some embodiments, the ABP binds to any one or more of amino acid positions 56, 59, 60, 63, 64, 66, 67, 70, 73, 74, 132, 150-153, 155, 156, 158-160, 162-164, 166-168, 170, and 171 of HLA subtype A*02:01.

[0031] In some embodiments of the ABP comprising an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof, the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequence ASSLPTTMNY. In some embodiments of the ABP comprising an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof, the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence ASSLPTTMNY.

[0032] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a CDR-H3 comprising a sequence selected from: CARDQDTIFGVVITWFDPW, CARDKVYGDGFDPW, CAREDDSMDVW,CARDSSGLDPW, CARGVGNLDYW, CARDAHQYYDFWSGYYSGTYYYGMDVW, CAREQWPSYWYFDLW, CARDRGYSYGYFDYW, CARGSGDPNYYYYYGLDVW,CARDTGDHFDYW, CARAENGMDVW, CARDPGGYMDVW, CARDGDAFDIW,CARDMGDAFDIW, CAREEDGMDVW, CARDTGDHFDYW,CARGEYSSGFFFVGWFDLW, and CARETGDDAFDIW.

[0033] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a CDR-L3 comprising a sequence selected from: CQQYFTTPYTF, CQQAEAFPYTF, CQQSYSTPITF, CQQSYIIPYTF, CHQTYSTPLTF, CQQAYSFPWTF, CQQGYSTPLTF, CQQANSFPRTF, CQQANSLPYTF, CQQSYSTPFTF, CQQSYSTPFTF, CQQSYGVPTF, CQQSYSTPLTF, CQQSYSTPLTF, CQQYYSYPWTF, CQQSYSTPFTF, CMQTLKTPLSF, and CQQSYSTPLTF.

[0034] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises the CDR-H3 and the CDR-L3 from the scFv designated R3G10-P1A07, R3G10-P1B07, R3G10-P1E12, R3G10-P1F06, R3G10-P1H01, R3G10-P1H08, R3G10-P2C04, R3G10-P2G11, R3G10-P3E04, R3G10-P4A02, R3G10-P4C05, R3G10-P4D04, R3G10-P4D10, R3G10-P4E07, R3G10-P4E12, R3G10-P4G06, R3G10-P5A08, or R3G10-P5C08.

[0035] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises all three heavy chain CDRs and all three light chain CDRs from the scFv designated R3G10-P1A07, R3G10-P1B07, R3G10-P1E12, R3G10- P1F06, R3G10-P1H01, R3G10-P1H08, R3G10-P2C04, R3G10-P2G11, R3G10-P3E04, R3G10- P4A02, R3G10-P4C05, R3G10-P4D04, R3G10-P4D10, R3G10-P4E07, R3G10-P4E12, R3G10- P4G06, R3G10-P5A08, or R3G10-P5C08.

[0036] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a VH sequence selected from:EVQLLESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYWMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVSGISARSGRT YYADSVKGRFTISRDDSKNTLYLQMNSLKTEDTAVYYCARDQDTIFGVVITWFDPWGQG TLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIIHPGGGT TSYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDKVYGDGFDPWGQGTLV TVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYIFTGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMIGPSDGS TSYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCAREDDSMDVWGKGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFIGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMIGPSDGS TSYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDSSGLDPWGQGTLVTVSS, QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMIGPSDG STSYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGVGNLDYWGQGTLVTV SS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGVTFSTSAISWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWISPYNGNTDYAQMLQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDAHQYYDFWSGYYSGTY YYGMDVWGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSNSIINWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNPNSGN TNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCAREQWPSYWYFDLWGRGTL VTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSTHDINWVRQAPGQGLEWMGVINPSGGS AIYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDRGYSYGYFDYWGQGTL VTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGNTFIGYYVHWVRQAPGQGLEWVGIINPNGGSI SYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGSGDPNYYYYYGLDVWG QGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTLSYYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMIGPSDG STSYAQRFQGRVTMTRDTSTGTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDTGDHFDYWGQGTLVT VSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIIGPSDGS TTYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARAENGMDVWGQGTTVTV SS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYVHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIIAPSDGS TNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDPGGYMDVWGKGTTVT VSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYLHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMIGPSDGS TSYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDGDAFDIWGQGTMVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGRISPSDGS TTYAPKFQGRVTITADESTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDMGDAFDIWGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMIGPSDG STSYAQRFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCAREEDGMDVWGQGTTVTV SS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTLSYYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMIGPSDG STSYAQRFQGRVTMTRDTSTGTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDTGDHFDYWGQGTLVT VSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGGTFNNFAISWVRQAPGQGLEWMGGIIPIFDATN YAQKFQGRVTFTADESTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGEYSSGFFFVGWFDLWGRGTQVTVSS, andQVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYNFTGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIIAPSDGS TNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARETGDDAFDIWGQGTMVT VSS.

[0037] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a VL sequence selected:DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQGGVPS RFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQYFTTPYTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISRWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIFDASRLQSGVPS RFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQAEAFPYTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPITFGQGTRLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYKASSLESGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYIIPYTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCHQTYSTPLTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYSASNLQSGVPS RFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQAYSFPWTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQNISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQGYSTPLTFGQGTRLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQDISRYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASNLETGVPS RFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQANSFPRTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCQASQDISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASNLQSGVPS RFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQANSLPYTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQNGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPFTFGPGTKVDIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQRISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYSASTLQSGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPFTFGPGTKVDIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASKLETGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYGVPTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISSWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASNLETGVPS RFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGGGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGGGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISTYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASSLQSGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQYYSYPWTFGQGTRLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQNGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPFTFGPGTKVDIK,DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLLHSNGYNYLDWYLQKPGQSPQLLIYLGSNRAS GVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCMQTLKTPLSFGGGTKVEIK, andDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGVPSR FSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGGGTKVEIK.

[0038] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises the VH sequence and VL sequence from the scFv designated R3G10-P1A07, R3G10-P1B07, R3G10-P1E12, R3G10-P1F06, R3G10-P1H01, R3G10-P1H08, R3G10-P2C04, R3G10-P2G11, R3G10-P3E04, R3G10-P4A02, R3G10-P4C05, R3G10-P4D04, R3G10-P4D10, R3G10-P4E07, R3G10-P4E12, R3G10-P4G06, R3G10-P5A08, or R3G10-P5C08.

[0039] In some embodiments, the ABP binds to any one or more of amino acid positions 4, 6, and 7 of the restricted peptide ASSLPTTMNY.

[0040] In some embodiments, the ABP binds to any one or more of amino acid positions 49-56 of HLA subtype A*01:01.

[0041] Also provided herein is an isolated antigen binding protein (ABP) that specifically binds to a human leukocyte antigen (HLA)-PEPTIDE target, wherein the HLA-PEPTIDE target comprises an HLA-restricted peptide complexed with an HLA Class I molecule, wherein the HLA-restricted peptide is located in in the peptide binding groove of an α1 / α2 portion of the HLA Class I molecule, and wherein the HLA-PEPTIDE target is selected from Table A.

[0042] In some embodiments, the HLA-restricted peptide is between about 5-15 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the HLA-restricted peptide is between about 8-12 amino acids in length.

[0043] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof. In some embodiments, the antigen binding protein is linked to a scaffold, optionally the scaffold comprises serum albumin or Fc, optionally wherein Fc is human Fc and is an IgG (IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4), an IgA (IgA1, IgA2), an IgD, an IgE, or an IgM isotype Fc. In some embodiments, the antigen binding protein is linked to a scaffold via a linker, optionally the linker is a peptide linker, optionally the peptide linker is a hinge region of a human antibody. In some embodiments, the antigen binding protein comprises an Fv fragment, a Fab fragment, a F(ab’)2 fragment, a Fab’ fragment, an scFv fragment, an scFv-Fc fragment, and / or a single-domain antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof. In some embodiments, the antigen binding protein comprises an scFv fragment. In some embodiments, the antigen binding protein comprises one ormore antibody complementarity determining regions (CDRs), optionally six antibody CDRs. In some embodiments, the antigen binding protein comprises an antibody. In some embodiments, the antigen binding protein is a monoclonal antibody. In some embodiments, the antigen binding protein is a humanized, human, or chimeric antibody. In some embodiments, the antigen binding protein is multispecific, optionally bispecific. In some embodiments, the antigen binding protein binds greater than one antigen or greater than one epitope on a single antigen. In some embodiments, the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain constant region of a class selected from IgG, IgA, IgD, IgE, and IgM. In some embodiments, the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain constant region of the class human IgG and a subclass selected from IgG1, IgG4, IgG2, and IgG3. In some embodiments, the antigen binding protein comprises one or more modifications that extend half-life. In some embodiments, the antigen binding protein comprises a modified Fc, optionally the modified Fc comprises one or more mutations that extend half-life, optionally the one or more mutations that extend half-life is YTE.

[0044] In some embodiments of the isolated ABP, the ABP comprises a T cell receptor (TCR) or an antigen-binding portion thereof. In some embodiments, the TCR or antigen-binding portion thereof comprises a TCR variable region. In some embodiments, the TCR or antigen-binding portion thereof comprises one or more TCR complementarity determining regions (CDRs).

[0045] In some embodiments, the TCR comprises an alpha chain and a beta chain. In some embodiments, the TCR comprises a gamma chain and a delta chain.

[0046] In some embodiments, the antigen binding protein is a portion of a chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) comprising: an extracellular portion comprising the antigen binding protein; and an intracellular signaling domain. In some embodiments, the antigen binding protein comprises an scFv and the intracellular signaling domain comprises an immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motif (ITAM). In some embodiments, the intracellular signaling domain comprises a signaling domain of a zeta chain of a CD3-zeta (CD3) chain.

[0047] In some embodiments, the ABP further comprises a transmembrane domain linking the extracellular domain and the intracellular signaling domain. In some embodiments, the transmembrane domain comprises a transmembrane portion of CD28.

[0048] In some embodiments, the ABP further comprises an intracellular signaling domain of a T cell costimulatory molecule. In some embodiments, the T cell costimulatory molecule is CD28, 4-1BB, OX-40, ICOS, or any combination thereof.

[0049] In some embodiments of an ABP comprising a TCR or antigen-binding portion thereof, the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequence ASSLPTTMNY. In some embodiments, the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtypeA*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence ASSLPTTMNY. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a TCR alpha CDR3 sequence selected from Table 15. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a TCR beta CDR3 sequence selected from Table 15. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises an alpha CDR3 and a beta CDR3 sequence from any one of TCR clonotype ID #s: 1-344. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a TCR alpha variable (TRAV) amino acid sequence, a TCR alpha joining (TRAJ) amino acid sequence, a TCR beta variable (TRBV) amino acid sequence, a TCR beta diversity (TRBD) amino acid sequence, and a TCR beta joining (TRBJ) amino acid sequence, wherein each of the TRAV, TRAJ, TRBV, TRBD, and TRBJ amino acid sequences are at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the corresponding TRAV, TRAJ, TRBV, TRBD, and TRBJ amino acid sequences for any one of the TCR clonotypes selected from TCR clonotype ID #s: 1-344.

[0050] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a TCR alpha constant (TRAC) amino acid sequence. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a TCR beta constant (TRBC) amino acid sequence.

[0051] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a TCR alpha VJ sequence having at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identity to an alpha VJ sequence selected from Table 16. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a TCR beta V(D)J sequence having at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identity to a beta V(D)J sequence selected from Table 16. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a TCR alpha VJ amino acid sequence and a TCR beta V(D)J amino acid sequence, wherein each of the TCR alpha VJ and the TCR beta V(D)J amino acid sequences are at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the corresponding TCR alpha VJ and TCR beta V(D)J amino acid sequences for any one of the TCR clonotypes selected from TCR clonotype ID #s: 1-344.

[0052] In some embodiments of an ABP comprising a TCR or antigen-binding portion thereof, the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequence HSEVGLPVY. In some embodiments, the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequenceHSEVGLPVY.

[0053] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a TCR alpha CDR3 sequence selected from Table 18. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a TCR beta CDR3 sequence selected from Table 18. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises an alpha CDR3 and a beta CDR3 sequence from any one of TCR clonotype ID #s: 345-447. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a TCR alpha variable (TRAV) amino acid sequence, a TCR alpha joining (TRAJ) amino acid sequence, a TCR beta variable (TRBV) amino acid sequence, a TCR betadiversity (TRBD) amino acid sequence, and a TCR beta joining (TRBJ) amino acid sequence, wherein each of the TRAV, TRAJ, TRBV, TRBD, and TRBJ amino acid sequences are at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the corresponding TRAV, TRAJ, TRBV, TRBD, and TRBJ amino acid sequences for any one of the TCR clonotypes selected from TCR clonotype ID #s: 345-447. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a TCR alpha constant (TRAC) amino acid sequence. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a TCR beta constant (TRBC) amino acid sequence.

[0054] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a TCR alpha VJ sequence having at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identity to an alpha VJ sequence selected from Table 19. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a TCR beta V(D)J sequence having at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identity to a beta V(D)J sequence selected from Table 19. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a TCR alpha VJ amino acid sequence and a TCR beta V(D)J amino acid sequence, wherein each of the TCR alpha VJ and the TCR beta V(D)J amino acid sequences are at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the corresponding TCR alpha VJ and TCR beta V(D)J amino acid sequences for any one of the TCR clonotypes selected from TCR clonotype ID #s: 345-447.

[0055] Also provided herein is an isolated HLA-PEPTIDE target, wherein the HLA-PEPTIDE target comprises an HLA-restricted peptide complexed with an HLA Class I molecule, wherein the HLA-restricted peptide is located in in the peptide binding groove of an α1 / α2 heterodimer portion of the HLA Class I molecule, and wherein the HLA-PEPTIDE target is selected from Table A.

[0056] In some embodiments, the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype B*35:01 and the HLA- restricted peptide comprises the sequence EVDPIGHVY, the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*02:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequence AIFPGAVPAA, or the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequence ASSLPTTMNY. In some embodiments, the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype B*35:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence EVDPIGHVY, the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*02:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence AIFPGAVPAA, or the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence ASSLPTTMNY.

[0057] In some embodiments, the HLA-restricted peptide is between about 5-15 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the HLA-restricted peptide is between about 8-12 amino acids in length.

[0058] In some embodiments, the association of the HLA subtype with the restricted peptide stabilizes non-covalent association of the β2-microglobulin subunit of the HLA subtype with the α-subunit of the HLA subtype. In some embodiments, the stabilized association of the β2- microglobulin subunit of the HLA subtype with the α-subunit of the HLA subtype isdemonstrated by conditional peptide exchange.

[0059] In some embodiments, the isolated HLA-PEPTIDE target further comprises an affinity tag. In some embodiments, the affinity tag is a biotin tag. In some embodiments, the isolated HLA-PEPTIDE target is complexed with a detectable label. In some embodiments, the detectable label comprises a β2-microglobulin binding molecule. In some embodiments, the β2- microglobulin binding molecule is a labeled antibody. In some embodiments, the labeled antibody is a fluorochrome-labeled antibody.

[0060] Also provided herein is a composition comprising an HLA-PEPTIDE target as described herein attached to a solid support. In some embodiments, the solid support comprises a bead, well, membrane, tube, column, plate, sepharose, magnetic bead, or chip.

[0061] In some embodiments, the HLA-PEPTIDE target comprises a first member of an affinity binding pair and the solid support comprises a second member of the affinity binding pair. In some embodiments, the first member is streptavidin and the second member is biotin.

[0062] Also provided herein is a reaction mixture comprising an isolated and purified α-subunit of an HLA subtype from an HLA-PEPTIDE target as described in Table A; an isolated and purified β2-microglobulin subunit of the HLA subtype; an isolated and purified restricted peptide from the HLA-PEPTIDE target as described in Table A; and a reaction buffer.

[0063] Also provided herein is a reaction mixture comprising an isolated HLA-PEPTIDE target as described herein; and a plurality of T-cells isolated from a human subject. In someembodiments, the T-cells are CD8+ T-cells.

[0064] Also provided herein is an isolated polynucleotide comprising a first nucleic acid sequence encoding an HLA-restricted peptide as described herein, operably linked to a promoter, and a second nucleic acid sequence encoding an HLA subtype as described herein, wherein the second nucleic acid is operably linked to the same or different promoter as the first nucleic acid sequence, and wherein the encoded peptide and encoded HLA subtype form an HLA / peptide complex as described herein.

[0065] Also provided herein is a kit for expressing a stable HLA-PEPTIDE target as described herein, comprising a first construct comprising a first nucleic acid sequence encoding an HLA- restricted peptide described herein operably linked to a promoter; and instructions for use in expressing the stable HLA-PEPTIDE complex. In some embodiments, the first construct furthercomprises a second nucleic acid sequence encoding an HLA subtype as defined herein. In some embodiments, the second nucleic acid sequence is operably linked to the same or a different promoter. In some embodiments, the kit further comprises a second construct comprising a second nucleic acid sequence encoding an HLA subtype as described herein. In some embodiments, one or both of the first and second constructs are lentiviral vector constructs.

[0066] Also provided herein is a host cell comprising a heterologous HLA-PEPTIDE target as described herein. Also provided herein is a host cell which expresses an HLA subtype as defined by any one of the targets in Table A. Also provided herein is a host cell comprising apolynucleotide encoding an HLA-restricted peptide as described in Table A, e.g., apolynucleotide encoding an HLA-restricted peptide described herein.

[0067] In some embodiments, the host cell does not comprise endogenous MHC. In some embodiments, the host cell comprises an exogenous HLA. In some embodiments, the host cell is a K562 or A375 cell.

[0068] In some embodiments, the host cell is a cultured cell from a tumor cell line. In some embodiments, the tumor cell line expresses an HLA subtype as defined by any one of the targets in Table A. In some embodiments, the tumor cell line expresses a gene target and an HLA subtype as defined by any one of the targets in Table A. For example, the tumor cell line may express the gene ABCB5 and HLA subtype HLA-C*16:01, as defined by target #1 in Table A. In some embodiments, the tumor cell line is selected from a database or catalog of tumor cell lines. The selection may be based upon known expression of a gene target from any of the targets listed in Table A. The selection may be based upon known expression of an HLA subtype from any of the targets listed in Table A. The selection may be based upon known expression of a gene target and HLA subtype from any of the targets listed in Table A. One exemplary catalog of tumor cell lines includes, e.g., the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), available at https: / / www.atcc.org / Products / Cells_and_Microorganisms / By_Disease__Model / Cancer / Tumor_ Cell_Panels / Panels_by_Tissue_Type.aspx. Another exemplary catalog of tumor cell lines, based on HLA type and HLA expression, is described in Boegel, Sebastian et al.“A Catalog of HLA Type, HLA Expression, and Neo-Epitope Candidates in Human Cancer Cell Lines.”Oncoimmunology 3.8 (2014): e954893. PMC. Web.8 Oct.2018, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. In some embodiments, the tumor cell line is selected from the group consisting of HCC-1599, NCI-H510A, A375, LN229, NCI-H358, ZR-75-1, MS751, OE19, MOR, BV173, MCF-7, NCI-H82, Colo829, and NCI-H146.

[0069] Also provided herein is a cell culture system comprising a host cell as defined herein, and a cell culture medium. In some embodiments, the host cell expresses an HLA subtype as definedby any one of the targets in Table A, and wherein the cell culture medium comprises a restricted peptide as defined by the target in Table A. In some embodiments, the host cell is a K562 cell which comprises an exogenous HLA, wherein the exogenous HLA is an HLA subtype as defined by any one of the targets in Table A, and wherein the cell culture medium comprises a restricted peptide as defined by the target in Table A.

[0070] In some embodiments of the ABP, the antigen binding protein binds to the HLA- PEPTIDE target through a contact point with the HLA Class I molecule and through a contact point with the HLA-restricted peptide of the HLA-PEPTIDE target. In some embodiments of the ABP, the binding of the ABP to the amino acid positions on the restricted peptide or HLA subtype, or the contact points or residues that impact binding, directly or indirectly, of the HLA- PEPTIDE target with the ABP are determined via positional scanning, hydrogen-deuterium exchange, or protein crystallography.

[0071] In some embodiments, the ABP may be for use as a medicament. In some embodiments, the ABP may be for use in treatment of cancer, optionally wherein the cancer expresses or is predicted to express the HLA-PEPTIDE target. In some embodiments, the ABP may be for use in treatment of cancer, wherein the cancer is selected from a solid tumor and a hematological tumor.

[0072] Also provided herein is an ABP which is a conservatively modified variant of the ABP as described herein. Also provided herein is an antigen binding protein (ABP) that competes for binding with the antigen binding protein as described herein. Also provided herein is an antigen binding protein (ABP) that binds the same HLA-PEPTIDE epitope bound by the antigen binding protein as described herein.

[0073] Also provided herein is an engineered cell expressing a receptor comprising the antigen binding protein as described herein. In some embodiments, the engineered cell is a T cell, optionally a cytotoxic T cell (CTL). In some embodiments of the engineered cell, the antigen binding protein is expressed from a heterologous promoter.

[0074] Also provided herein is an isolated polynucleotide or set of polynucleotides encoding the antigen binding protein described herein or an antigen-binding portion thereof.

[0075] Also provided herein is an isolated polynucleotide or set of polynucleotides encoding the HLA / peptide targets described herein.

[0076] Also provided herein is a vector or set of vectors comprising the polynucleotide or set of polynucleotides described herein.

[0077] Also provided herein is a host cell comprising the polynucleotide or set ofpolynucleotides a described herein, or the vector or set of vectors described herein, optionally wherein the host cell is CHO or HEK293, or optionally wherein the host cell is a T cell.

[0078] Also provided herein is a method of producing an antigen binding protein comprising expressing the antigen binding protein with the host cell described herein and isolating the expressed antigen binding protein.

[0079] Also provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising the antigen binding protein as described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

[0080] Also provided herein is a method of treating cancer in a subject, comprisingadministering to the subject an effective amount of the antigen binding protein as described herein or a pharmaceutical composition described herein, optionally wherein the cancer is selected from a solid tumor and a hematological tumor. In some embodiments, the cancer expresses or is predicted to express the HLA-PEPTIDE target.

[0081] Also provided herein is a kit comprising the antigen binding protein described herein or a pharmaceutical composition described herein and instructions for use.

[0082] Also provided herein is a composition comprising at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target described herein and an adjuvant.

[0083] Also provided herein is a composition comprising at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

[0084] Also provided herein is a composition comprising an amino acid sequence comprising a polypeptide of at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target disclosed in Table A, optionally the amino acid sequence consisting essentially of or consisting of the polypeptide.

[0085] Also provided herein is a virus comprising the isolated polynucleotide or set of polynucleotides as described herein. In some embodiments, the virus is a filamentous phage.

[0086] Also provided herein is a yeast cell comprising the isolated polynucleotide or set of polynucleotides as described herein.

[0087] Also provided herein is a method of identifying an antigen binding protein as described herein, comprising providing at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target listed in Table A; and binding the at least one target with the antigen binding protein, thereby identifying the antigen binding protein.

[0088] In some embodiments, the antigen binding protein is present in a phage display library comprising a plurality of distinct antigen binding proteins. In some embodiments, the phage display library is substantially free of antigen binding proteins that non-specifically bind the HLA of the HLA-PEPTIDE target.

[0089] In some embodiments, the antigen binding protein is present in a TCR library comprising a plurality of distinct TCRs or antigen binding fragments thereof.

[0090] In some embodiments, the binding step is performed more than once, optionally at least three times.

[0091] In some embodiments, the method further comprises contacting the antigen binding protein with one or more peptide-HLA complexes that are distinct from the HLA-PEPTIDE target to determine if the antigen binding protein selectively binds the HLA-PEPTIDE target, optionally wherein selectivity is determined by measuring binding affinity of the antigen binding protein to soluble target HLA-PEPTIDE complexes versus soluble HLA-PEPTIDE complexes that are distinct from target complexes, optionally wherein selectivity is determined by measuring binding affinity of the antigen binding protein to target HLA-PEPTIDE complexes expressed on the surface of one or more cells versus HLA-PEPTIDE complexes that are distinct from target complexes expressed on the surface of one or more cells.

[0092] Also provided herein is a method of identifying an antigen binding protein as described herein, comprising obtaining at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target listed in Table A; administering the HLA-PEPTIDE target to a subject, optionally in combination with an adjuvant; and isolating the antigen binding protein from the subject.

[0093] In some embodiments, isolating the antigen binding protein comprises screening the serum of the subject to identify the antigen binding protein.

[0094] In some embodiments, the method further comprises contacting the antigen binding protein with one or more peptide-HLA complexes that are distinct from the HLA-PEPTIDE target to determine if the antigen binding protein selectively binds to the HLA-PEPTIDE target, optionally wherein selectivity is determined by measuring binding affinity of the antigen binding protein to soluble target HLA-PEPTIDE complexes versus soluble HLA-PEPTIDE complexes that are distinct from target complexes, optionally wherein selectivity is determined by measuring binding affinity of the antigen binding protein to target HLA-PEPTIDE complexes expressed on the surface of one or more cells versus HLA-PEPTIDE complexes that are distinct from target complexes expressed on the surface of one or more cells.

[0095] In some embodiments, the subject is a mouse, a rabbit, or a llama.

[0096] In some embodiments, isolating the antigen binding protein comprises isolating a B cell from the subject that expresses the antigen binding protein and optionally directly cloning sequences encoding the antigen binding protein from the isolated B cell. In some embodiments, the method further comprises creating a hybridoma using the B cell. In some embodiments, the method further comprises cloning CDRs from the B cell. In some embodiments, the method further comprises immortalizing the B cell, optionally via Epstein-Barr virus (EBV)transformation. In some embodiments, the method further comprises creating a library thatcomprises the antigen binding protein of the B cell, optionally wherein the library is phage display or yeast display.

[0097] In some embodiments, the method further comprises humanizing the antigen binding protein.

[0098] Also provided herein is a method of identifying an antigen binding protein as described herein, comprising obtaining a cell comprising the antigen binding protein; contacting the cell with an HLA-multimer comprising at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target listed in Table A; and identifying the antigen binding protein via binding between the HLA-multimer and the antigen binding protein.

[0099] Also provided herein is a method of identifying an antigen binding protein as described herein, comprising obtaining one or more cells comprising the antigen binding protein; activating the one or more cells with at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target listed in Table A presented on a natural or an artificial antigen presenting cell (APC); and identifying the antigen binding protein via selection of one or more cells activated by interaction with at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target listed in Table A. In some embodiments, the cell is a T cell, optionally a CTL. In some embodiments, the method further comprises isolating the cell, optionally using flow cytometry, magnetic separation, or single cell separation. In some embodiments, the method further comprises sequencing the antigen binding protein.

[0100] Also provided herein is a method of identifying an antigen binding protein as described herein, comprising providing at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target listed in Table A; and identifying the antigen binding protein using the target. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE SEVERAL VIEWS OF THE DRAWINGS

[0101] These and other features, aspects, and advantages of the present invention will become better understood with regard to the following description, and accompanying drawings, where:

[0102] FIG.1 shows the general structure of a Human Leukocyte Antigen (HLA) Class I molecule. By User atropos235 on en.wikipedia - Own work, CC BY 2.5,https: / / commons.wikimedia.org / w / index.php?curid=1805424

[0103] FIG.2 depicts exemplary construct elements for cloning TCRs into expression systems for therapy development.

[0104] FIG.3 shows the target and minipool negative control design for HLA-PEPTIDE target“G5”.

[0105] FIG.4 shows the target and minipool negative control design for HLA-PEPTIDE targets“G8” and“G10”.

[0106] FIGS.5A and 5B show HLA stability results for the G5 counterscreen“minipool” and G5 target.

[0107] FIGS.6A-6E show HLA stability results for the G5“complete” poolcounterscreen peptides.

[0108] FIGS.7A and 7B show HLA stability results for counterscreen peptides and G8 target.

[0109] FIGS.8A and 8B show HLA stability results for the G10 counterscreen “minipool” and G10 target.

[0110] FIGS.9A-9D show HLA stability results for the additional G8 and G10 “complete” pool counterscreen peptides.

[0111] FIGS.10A-10C show phage supernatant ELISA results, indicating progressive enrichment of G5-, G8 and G10 binding phage with successive panning rounds.

[0112] FIG.11 shows a flow chart describing the antibody selection process, including criteria and intended application for the scFv, Fab, and IgG formats.

[0113] FIGS.12A, 12B, and 12C depict bio-layer interferometry (BLI) results for Fab clone G5-P7A05 to HLA-PEPTIDE target B*35:01-EVDPIGHVY, Fab clones R3G8-P2C10 and G8-P1C11 to HLA-PEPTIDE target A*02:01-AIFPGAVPAA, and Fab clone R3G10- P1B07 to HLA-PEPTIDE target A*01:01-ASSLPTTMNY.

[0114] FIG.13 shows a general experimental design for the positional scanning experiments.

[0115] FIG.14A shows stability results for the G5 positional variant-HLAs.

[0116] FIG.14B shows binding affinity of Fab clone G5-P7A05 to the G5 positional variant-HLAs.

[0117] FIG.15A shows stability results for the G8 positional variant-HLAs.

[0118] FIG.15B shows binding affinity of Fab clone G8-P2C10 to the G8 positional variant-HLAs.

[0119] FIG.16A shows stability results for the G10 positional variant-HLAs.

[0120] FIG.16B shows binding affinity of Fab clone G10-P1B07 to the G10 positional variant-HLAs.

[0121] FIGS.17A, 17B, and 17C show representative examples of antibody binding to either G5-, G8- or G10-presenting K562 cells, as detected by flow cytometry.

[0122] FIGS.18A-18C show histogram plots of K562 cell binding to generated target- specific antibodies.

[0123] FIGS.19A-19C show histogram plots of cell binding assays using tumor cell lines which express HLA subtypes and target genes of selected HLA-PEPTIDE targets.

[0124] FIGS.20A and 20B shows number of target-specific T cells (A) and number of target-specific unique TCR clonotypes (B) from tested donors.

[0125] FIG.21A shows an exemplary heatmap for scFv G8-P1H08, visualized across the HLA portion of HLA-PEPTIDE target G8 in its entirety using a consolidated perturbation view. FIG.21B shows an example of HDX data from scFv G8-P1H08 plotted on a crystal structure PDB5bs0.

[0126] FIG.22A shows heat maps across the HLA α1 helix for all ABPs tested for HLA- PEPTIDE target G8 (HLA-A*02:01_AIFPGAVPAA). FIG.22B shows heat maps across the HLA α2 helix for all ABPs tested for HLA-PEPTIDE target G8 (HLA- A*02:01_AIFPGAVPAA. FIG.22C shows resulting heat maps across the restricted peptide AIFPGAVPAA for all ABPs tested.

[0127] FIG.23A shows an exemplary heatmap for scFv R3G10-P2G11, visualized across the HLA portion of HLA-PEPTIDE target G10 in its entirety using a consolidatedperturbation view.

[0128] FIG.23B shows an example of HDX data from scFv R3G10-P2G11 plotted on a crystal structure PDB5bs0.

[0129] FIG.24A shows resulting heat maps across the HLA α1 helix for all ABPs tested for HLA-PEPTIDE target G10 (HLA-A*01:01_ASSLPTTMNY). FIG.24B shows resulting heat maps across the HLA α2 helix for all ABPs tested for HLA-PEPTIDE target G10 (HLA- A*01:01_ASSLPTTMNY). FIG.24C shows resulting heat maps across the restricted peptide ASSLPTTMNY for all ABPs tested.

[0130] FIG.25 depicts exemplary spectral data for peptide EVDPIGHVY. The figure contains the peptide fragmentation information as well as information related to the patient sample, including HLA types.

[0131] FIG.26 depicts exemplary spectral data for peptide AIFPGAVPAA. The figure contains the peptide fragmentation information as well as information related to the patient sample, including HLA types.

[0132] FIG.27 depicts exemplary spectral data for peptide ASSLPTTMNY. The figure contains the peptide fragmentation information as well as information related to the patient sample, including HLA types.

[0133] FIGS.28A and 28B depict size exclusion chromatography fractions (A) and SDS- PAGE analysis of the chromatography fractions under reducing conditions (B).

[0134] FIG.29 depicts photomicrographs of an exemplary crystal of a complex comprising Fab clone G8-P1C11 and HLA-PEPTIDE target A*02:01_AIFPGAVPAA (“G8”).

[0135] FIG.30 depicts the overall structure of a complex formed by binding of Fab clone G8-P1C11 to HLA-PEPTIDE target A*02:01_AIFPGAVPAA (“G8”).

[0136] FIG.31 depicts a refinement electron density region of the crystal structure of Fab clone G8-P1C11 complexed with HLA-PEPTIDE target A*02:01_AIFPGAVPAA (“G8”), the region depicted corresponding to the restricted peptide AIFPGAVPAA.

[0137] FIG.32 depicts a LigPlot of the interactions between the HLA and restricted peptide. The crystal structure corresponds to Fab clone G8-P1C11 complexed with HLA- PEPTIDE target A*02:01_AIFPGAVPAA (“G8”).

[0138] FIG.33 depicts a plot of interacting residues between the Fab VH and VL chains and the restricted peptide. The crystal structure corresponds to Fab clone G8-P1C11 complexed with HLA-PEPTIDE target A*02:01_AIFPGAVPAA (“G8”).

[0139] FIG.34 depicts a LigPlot of the interactions between the restricted peptide and Fab chains. The crystal structure corresponds to Fab clone G8-P1C11 complexed with HLA- PEPTIDE target A*02:01_AIFPGAVPAA (“G8”).

[0140] FIG.35 depicts a LigPlot of the interactions between the Fab VH chain and the HLA. The crystal structure corresponds to Fab clone G8-P1C11 complexed with HLA- PEPTIDE target A*02:01_AIFPGAVPAA (“G8”).

[0141] FIG.36 depicts a LigPlot of the interactions between the Fab VL chain and the HLA. The crystal structure corresponds to Fab clone G8-P1C11 complexed with HLA- PEPTIDE target A*02:01_AIFPGAVPAA (“G8”).

[0142] FIG.37 depicts the interface summary of a Pisa analysis of interactions between HLA and restricted peptide. The crystal structure corresponds to Fab clone G8-P1C11 complexed with HLA-PEPTIDE target A*02:01_AIFPGAVPAA (“G8”).

[0143] FIG.38 depicts Pisa analysis of the interacting residues between the HLA and restricted peptide. The crystal structure corresponds to Fab clone G8-P1C11 complexed with HLA-PEPTIDE target A*02:01_AIFPGAVPAA (“G8”).

[0144] FIG.39 depicts Pisa analysis of the interacting residues between the Fab VH chain and the restricted peptide. The crystal structure corresponds to Fab clone G8-P1C11 complexed with HLA-PEPTIDE target A*02:01_AIFPGAVPAA (“G8”).

[0145] FIG.40 depicts Pisa analysis of the interacting residues between the Fab VL chain and the restricted peptide. The crystal structure corresponds to Fab clone G8-P1C11complexed with HLA-PEPTIDE target A*02:01_AIFPGAVPAA (“G8”).

[0146] FIG.41 depicts the interface summary of a Pisa analysis of interactions between the Fab VH chain and HLA. The crystal structure corresponds to Fab clone G8-P1C11 complexed with HLA-PEPTIDE target A*02:01_AIFPGAVPAA (“G8”).

[0147] FIG.42 depicts Pisa analysis of the interacting residues between the Fab VH chain and HLA. The crystal structure corresponds to Fab clone G8-P1C11 complexed with HLA- PEPTIDE target A*02:01_AIFPGAVPAA (“G8”).

[0148] FIG.43 depicts the interface summary of a Pisa analysis of interactions between the Fab VL chain and HLA. The crystal structure corresponds to Fab clone G8-P1C11 complexed with HLA-PEPTIDE target A*02:01_AIFPGAVPAA (“G8”).

[0149] FIG.44 depicts Pisa analysis of the interacting residues between the Fab VL chain and HLA. The crystal structure corresponds to Fab clone G8-P1C11 complexed with HLA- PEPTIDE target A*02:01_AIFPGAVPAA (“G8”).

[0150] FIG.45A depicts an exemplary heatmap of the HLA portion of the G8 HLA- PEPTIDE complex when incubated with scFv clone G8-P1C11, visualized in its entirety using a consolidated perturbation view.

[0151] FIG.45B depicts an example of the HDX data from scFv G8-P1C11 plotted on a crystal structure of Fab clone G8-P1C11 complexed with HLA-PEPTIDE targetA*02:01_AIFPGAVPAA (“G8”).

[0152] FIG.46 depicts binding affinity of Fab clone G8-P1C11 to the G8 positional variant-HLAs.

[0153] FIG.47 shows histogram plots of K562 cell binding to G8-P1C11, a target- specific antibody to HLA-PEPTIDE target A*02:01_AIFPGAVPAA (“G8”).DETAILED DESCRIPTION

[0154] Unless otherwise defined, all terms of art, notations and other scientific terminology used herein are intended to have the meanings commonly understood by those of skill in the art. In some cases, terms with commonly understood meanings are defined herein for clarity and / or for ready reference, and the inclusion of such definitions herein should not necessarily be construed to represent a difference over what is generally understood in the art. The techniques and procedures described or referenced herein are generally well understood and commonlyemployed using conventional methodologies by those skilled in the art, such as, for example, the widely utilized molecular cloning methodologies described in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual 4th ed. (2012) Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY. As appropriate, procedures involving the use of commercially available kits and reagents are generally carried out in accordance with manufacturer-defined protocols and conditions unless otherwise noted.

[0155] As used herein, the singular forms“a,”“an,” and“the” include the plural referents unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The terms“include,”“such as,” and the like are intended to convey inclusion without limitation, unless otherwise specifically indicated.

[0156] As used herein, the term“comprising” also specifically includes embodiments “consisting of” and“consisting essentially of” the recited elements, unless specifically indicated otherwise. For example, a multispecific ABP“comprising a diabody” includes a multispecific ABP“consisting of a diabody” and a multispecific ABP“consisting essentially of a diabody.”

[0157] The term“about” indicates and encompasses an indicated value and a range above and below that value. In certain embodiments, the term“about” indicates the designated value ± 10%, ± 5%, or ± 1%. In certain embodiments, where applicable, the term“about” indicates the designated value(s) ± one standard deviation of that value(s).

[0158] The term“immunoglobulin” refers to a class of structurally related proteins generally comprising two pairs of polypeptide chains: one pair of light (L) chains and one pair of heavy (H) chains. In an“intact immunoglobulin,” all four of these chains are interconnected by disulfide bonds. The structure of immunoglobulins has been well characterized. See, e.g., Paul, Fundamental Immunology 7th ed., Ch.5 (2013) Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, PA. Briefly, each heavy chain typically comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) and a heavy chain constant region (CH). The heavy chain constant region typically comprises three domains, abbreviated CH1, CH2, and CH3. Each light chain typically comprises a light chain variable region (VL) and a light chain constant region. The light chain constant region typically comprises one domain, abbreviated CL.

[0159] The term“antigen binding protein” or“ABP” is used herein in its broadest sense and includes certain types of molecules comprising one or more antigen-binding domains that specifically bind to an antigen or epitope.

[0160] In some embodiments, the ABP comprises an antibody. In some embodiments, the ABP consists of an antibody. In some embodiments, the ABP consists essentially of an antibody. An ABP specifically includes intact antibodies (e.g., intact immunoglobulins), antibody fragments, ABP fragments, and multi-specific antibodies. In some embodiments, the ABPcomprises an alternative scaffold. In some embodiments, the ABP consists of an alternative scaffold. In some embodiments, the ABP consists essentially of an alternative scaffold. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises an antibody fragment. In some embodiments, the ABP consists of an antibody fragment. In some embodiments, the ABP consists essentially of an antibody fragment. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises a TCR or antigen binding portion thereof. In some embodiments, the ABP consists of a TCR or antigen binding portion thereof. In some embodiments, the ABP consists essentially of a TCR or antigen binding portion thereof. In some embodiments, a CAR comprises an ABP. An“HLA-PEPTIDE ABP,”“anti-HLA-PEPTIDE ABP,” or“HLA-PEPTIDE-specific ABP” is an ABP, as provided herein, which specifically binds to the antigen HLA-PEPTIDE. An ABP includes proteins comprising one or more antigen- binding domains that specifically bind to an antigen or epitope via a variable region, such as a variable region derived from a B cell (e.g., antibody) or T cell (e.g., TCR).

[0161] The term“antibody” herein is used in the broadest sense and includes polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies, including intact antibodies and functional (antigen-binding) antibody fragments, including fragment antigen binding (Fab) fragments, F(ab')2 fragments, Fab' fragments, Fv fragments, recombinant IgG (rIgG) fragments, variable heavy chain (VH) regions capable of specifically binding the antigen, single chain antibody fragments, including single chain variable fragments (scFv), and single domain antibodies (e.g., sdAb, sdFv, nanobody) fragments. The term encompasses genetically engineered and / or otherwise modified forms of immunoglobulins, such as intrabodies, peptibodies, chimeric antibodies, fully human antibodies, humanized antibodies, and heteroconjugate antibodies, multispecific, e.g., bispecific, antibodies, diabodies, triabodies, and tetrabodies, tandem di-scFv, tandem tri-scFv. Unless otherwise stated, the term "antibody" should be understood to encompass functional antibody fragments thereof. The term also encompasses intact or full-length antibodies, including antibodies of any class or sub-class, including IgG and sub-classes thereof, IgM, IgE, IgA, and IgD.

[0162] As used herein,“variable region” refers to a variable nucleotide sequence that arises from a recombination event, for example, it can include a V, J, and / or D region of animmunoglobulin or T cell receptor (TCR) sequence from a B cell or T cell, such as an activated T cell or an activated B cell.

[0163] The term“antigen-binding domain” means the portion of an ABP that is capable of specifically binding to an antigen or epitope. One example of an antigen-binding domain is an antigen-binding domain formed by an antibody VH-VLdimer of an ABP. Another example of an antigen-binding domain is an antigen-binding domain formed by diversification of certain loops from the tenth fibronectin type III domain of an Adnectin. An antigen-binding domain caninclude antibody CDRs 1, 2, and 3 from a heavy chain in that order; and antibody CDRs 1, 2, and 3 from a light chain in that order. An antigen-binding domain can include TCR CDRs, e.g., αCDR1, αCDR2, αCDR3, βCDR1, βCDR2, and βCDR3. TCR CDRs are described herein.

[0164] The antibody VH and VL regions may be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability (“hypervariable regions (HVRs);” also called“complementarity determining regions” (CDRs)) interspersed with regions that are more conserved. The more conserved regions are called framework regions (FRs). Each VHand VLgenerally comprises three antibody CDRs and four FRs, arranged in the following order (from N-terminus to C-terminus): FR1 - CDR1 - FR2 - CDR2 - FR3 - CDR3 - FR4. The antibody CDRs are involved in antigen binding, and influence antigen specificity and binding affinity of the ABP. See Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest 5th ed. (1991) Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD, incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0165] The light chain from any vertebrate species can be assigned to one of two types, called kappa (κ) and lambda (λ), based on the sequence of its constant domain.

[0166] The heavy chain from any vertebrate species can be assigned to one of five different classes (or isotypes): IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM. These classes are also designated α, δ, ε, γ, and µ, respectively. The IgG and IgA classes are further divided into subclasses on the basis of differences in sequence and function. Humans express the following subclasses: IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA1, and IgA2.

[0167] The amino acid sequence boundaries of an antibody CDR can be determined by one of skill in the art using any of a number of known numbering schemes, including those described by Kabat et al., supra (“Kabat” numbering scheme); Al-Lazikani et al., 1997, J. Mol. Biol., 273:927-948 (“Chothia” numbering scheme); MacCallum et al., 1996, J. Mol. Biol.262:732-745 (“Contact” numbering scheme); Lefranc et al., Dev. Comp. Immunol., 2003, 27:55-77 (“IMGT” numbering scheme); and Honegge and Plückthun, J. Mol. Biol., 2001, 309:657-70 (“AHo” numbering scheme); each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0168] Table 20 provides the positions of antibody CDR-L1, CDR-L2, CDR-L3, CDR-H1, CDR-H2, and CDR-H3 as identified by the Kabat and Chothia schemes. For CDR-H1, residue numbering is provided using both the Kabat and Chothia numbering schemes.

[0169] Antibody CDRs may be assigned, for example, using ABP numbering software, such as Abnum, available at www.bioinf.org.uk / abs / abnum / , and described in Abhinandan and Martin, Immunology, 2008, 45:3832-3839, incorporated by reference in its entirety.* The C-terminus of CDR-H1, when numbered using the Kabat numbering convention, varies between H32 and H34, depending on the length of the CDR.

[0170] The“EU numbering scheme” is generally used when referring to a residue in an ABP heavy chain constant region (e.g., as reported in Kabat et al., supra). Unless stated otherwise, the EU numbering scheme is used to refer to residues in ABP heavy chain constant regions described herein.

[0171] The terms“full length antibody,”“intact antibody,” and“whole antibody” are used herein interchangeably to refer to an antibody having a structure substantially similar to a naturally occurring antibody structure and having heavy chains that comprise an Fc region. For example, when used to refer to an IgG molecule, a“full length antibody” is an antibody that comprises two heavy chains and two light chains.

[0172] The amino acid sequence boundaries of a TCR CDR can be determined by one of skill in the art using any of a number of known numbering schemes, including but not limited to the IMGT unique numbering, as described by LeFranc, M.-P, Immunol Today.1997Nov;18(11):509; Lefranc, M.-P., "IMGT Locus on Focus: A new section of Experimental and Clinical Immunogenetics", Exp. Clin. Immunogenet., 15, 1-7 (1998); Lefranc and Lefranc, The T Cell Receptor FactsBook; and M.-P. Lefranc / Developmental and ComparativeImmunology 27 (2003) 55–77, all of which are incorporated by reference.

[0173] An“ABP fragment” comprises a portion of an intact ABP, such as the antigen- binding or variable region of an intact ABP. ABP fragments include, for example, Fv fragments, Fab fragments, F(ab’)2 fragments, Fab’ fragments, scFv (sFv) fragments, and scFv-Fc fragments. ABP fragments include antibody fragments. Antibody fragments can include Fv fragments, Fab fragments, F(ab’)2fragments, Fab’ fragments, scFv (sFv) fragments, scFv-Fc fragments, and TCR fragments.

[0174] “Fv” fragments comprise a non-covalently-linked dimer of one heavy chain variable domain and one light chain variable domain.

[0175] “Fab” fragments comprise, in addition to the heavy and light chain variable domains, the constant domain of the light chain and the first constant domain (CH1) of the heavy chain. Fab fragments may be generated, for example, by recombinant methods or by papain digestion of a full-length ABP.

[0176] “F(ab’)2” fragments contain two Fab’ fragments joined, near the hinge region, by disulfide bonds. F(ab’)2fragments may be generated, for example, by recombinant methods or by pepsin digestion of an intact ABP. The F(ab’) fragments can be dissociated, for example, by treatment with ß-mercaptoethanol.

[0177] “Single-chain Fv” or“sFv” or“scFv” fragments comprise a VHdomain and a VLdomain in a single polypeptide chain. The VHand VLare generally linked by a peptide linker. See Plückthun A. (1994). Any suitable linker may be used. In some embodiments, the linker is a (GGGGS)n. In some embodiments, n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. See ABPs from Escherichia coli. In Rosenberg M. & Moore G.P. (Eds.), The Pharmacology of Monoclonal ABPs vol.113 (pp.269- 315). Springer-Verlag, New York, incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0178] “scFv-Fc” fragments comprise an scFv attached to an Fc domain. For example, an Fc domain may be attached to the C-terminal of the scFv. The Fc domain may follow the VHor VL, depending on the orientation of the variable domains in the scFv (i.e., VH-VLor VL-VH). Any suitable Fc domain known in the art or described herein may be used. In some cases, the Fc domain comprises an IgG4 Fc domain.

[0179] The term“single domain antibody” refers to a molecule in which one variable domain of an ABP specifically binds to an antigen without the presence of the other variable domain. Single domain ABPs, and fragments thereof, are described in Arabi Ghahroudi et al., FEBS Letters, 1998, 414:521-526 and Muyldermans et al., Trends in Biochem. Sci., 2001, 26:230-245, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Single domain ABPs are also known as sdAbs or nanobodies.

[0180] The term“Fc region” or“Fc” means the C-terminal region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain that, in naturally occurring antibodies, interacts with Fc receptors and certain proteins of the complement system. The structures of the Fc regions of variousimmunoglobulins, and the glycosylation sites contained therein, are known in the art. See Schroeder and Cavacini, J. Allergy Clin. Immunol., 2010, 125:S41-52, incorporated by reference in its entirety. The Fc region may be a naturally occurring Fc region, or an Fc region modified as described in the art or elsewhere in this disclosure.

[0181] The term“alternative scaffold” refers to a molecule in which one or more regions may be diversified to produce one or more antigen-binding domains that specifically bind to anantigen or epitope. In some embodiments, the antigen-binding domain binds the antigen or epitope with specificity and affinity similar to that of an ABP. Exemplary alternative scaffolds include those derived from fibronectin (e.g., AdnectinsTM), the β-sandwich (e.g., iMab), lipocalin (e.g., Anticalins®), EETI-II / AGRP, BPTI / LACI-D1 / ITI-D2 (e.g., Kunitz domains), thioredoxin peptide aptamers, protein A (e.g., Affibody®), ankyrin repeats (e.g., DARPins), gamma-B- crystallin / ubiquitin (e.g., Affilins), CTLD3(e.g., Tetranectins), Fynomers, and (LDLR-A module) (e.g., Avimers). Additional information on alternative scaffolds is provided in Binz et al., Nat. Biotechnol., 200523:1257-1268; Skerra, Current Opin. in Biotech., 200718:295-304; and Silacci et al., J. Biol. Chem., 2014, 289:14392-14398; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. An alternative scaffold is one type of ABP.

[0182] A“multispecific ABP” is an ABP that comprises two or more different antigen- binding domains that collectively specifically bind two or more different epitopes. The two or more different epitopes may be epitopes on the same antigen (e.g., a single HLA-PEPTIDE molecule expressed by a cell) or on different antigens (e.g., different HLA-PEPTIDE molecules expressed by the same cell, or a HLA-PEPTIDE molecule and a non-HLA-PEPTIDE molecule). In some aspects, a multi-specific ABP binds two different epitopes (i.e., a“bispecific ABP”). In some aspects, a multi-specific ABP binds three different epitopes (i.e., a“trispecific ABP”).

[0183] A“monospecific ABP” is an ABP that comprises one or more binding sites that specifically bind to a single epitope. An example of a monospecific ABP is a naturally occurring IgG molecule which, while divalent (i.e., having two antigen-binding domains), recognizes the same epitope at each of the two antigen-binding domains. The binding specificity may be present in any suitable valency.

[0184] The term“monoclonal antibody” refers to an antibody from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies. A population of substantially homogeneous antibodies comprises antibodies that are substantially similar and that bind the same epitope(s), except for variants that may normally arise during production of the monoclonal antibody. Such variants are generally present in only minor amounts. A monoclonal antibody is typically obtained by a process that includes the selection of a single antibody from a plurality of antibodies. For example, the selection process can be the selection of a unique clone from a plurality of clones, such as a pool of hybridoma clones, phage clones, yeast clones, bacterial clones, or other recombinant DNA clones. The selected antibody can be further altered, for example, to improve affinity for the target (“affinity maturation”), to humanize the antibody, to improve its production in cell culture, and / or to reduce its immunogenicity in a subject.

[0185] The term“chimeric antibody” refers to an antibody in which a portion of the heavy and / or light chain is derived from a particular source or species, while the remainder of the heavy and / or light chain is derived from a different source or species.

[0186] “Humanized” forms of non-human antibodies are chimeric antibodies that contain minimal sequence derived from the non-human antibody. A humanized antibody is generally a human antibody (recipient antibody) in which residues from one or more CDRs are replaced by residues from one or more CDRs of a non-human antibody (donor antibody). The donor antibody can be any suitable non-human antibody, such as a mouse, rat, rabbit, chicken, or non-human primate antibody having a desired specificity, affinity, or biological effect. In some instances, selected framework region residues of the recipient antibody are replaced by the corresponding framework region residues from the donor antibody. Humanized antibodies may also comprise residues that are not found in either the recipient antibody or the donor antibody. Such modifications may be made to further refine antibody function. For further details, see Jones et al., Nature, 1986, 321:522-525; Riechmann et al., Nature, 1988, 332:323-329; and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol., 1992, 2:593-596, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0187] A“human antibody” is one which possesses an amino acid sequence corresponding to that of an antibody produced by a human or a human cell, or derived from a non-human source that utilizes a human antibody repertoire or human antibody -encoding sequences (e.g., obtained from human sources or designed de novo). Human antibodies specifically exclude humanized antibodies.

[0188] “Affinity” refers to the strength of the sum total of non-covalent interactions between a single binding site of a molecule (e.g., an ABP) and its binding partner (e.g., an antigen or epitope). Unless indicated otherwise, as used herein,“affinity” refers to intrinsic binding affinity, which reflects a 1:1 interaction between members of a binding pair (e.g., ABP and antigen or epitope). The affinity of a molecule X for its partner Y can be represented by the dissociation equilibrium constant (KD). The kinetic components that contribute to the dissociation equilibrium constant are described in more detail below. Affinity can be measured by common methods known in the art, including those described herein, such as surface plasmon resonance (SPR) technology (e.g., BIACORE®) or biolayer interferometry (e.g., FORTEBIO®).

[0189] With regard to the binding of an ABP to a target molecule, the terms“bind,”“specific binding,”“specifically binds to,”“specific for,”“selectively binds,” and“selective for” a particular antigen (e.g., a polypeptide target) or an epitope on a particular antigen mean binding that is measurably different from a non-specific or non-selective interaction (e.g., with a non- target molecule). Specific binding can be measured, for example, by measuring binding to atarget molecule and comparing it to binding to a non-target molecule. Specific binding can also be determined by competition with a control molecule that mimics the epitope recognized on the target molecule. In that case, specific binding is indicated if the binding of the ABP to the target molecule is competitively inhibited by the control molecule. In some aspects, the affinity of a HLA-PEPTIDE ABP for a non-target molecule is less than about 50% of the affinity for HLA- PEPTIDE. In some aspects, the affinity of a HLA-PEPTIDE ABP for a non-target molecule is less than about 40% of the affinity for HLA-PEPTIDE. In some aspects, the affinity of a HLA- PEPTIDE ABP for a non-target molecule is less than about 30% of the affinity for HLA- PEPTIDE. In some aspects, the affinity of a HLA-PEPTIDE ABP for a non-target molecule is less than about 20% of the affinity for HLA-PEPTIDE. In some aspects, the affinity of a HLA- PEPTIDE ABP for a non-target molecule is less than about 10% of the affinity for HLA- PEPTIDE. In some aspects, the affinity of a HLA-PEPTIDE ABP for a non-target molecule is less than about 1% of the affinity for HLA-PEPTIDE. In some aspects, the affinity of a HLA- PEPTIDE ABP for a non-target molecule is less than about 0.1% of the affinity for HLA- PEPTIDE.

[0190] The term“kd” (sec-1), as used herein, refers to the dissociation rate constant of a particular ABP - antigen interaction. This value is also referred to as the koffvalue.

[0191] The term“ka” (M-1×sec-1), as used herein, refers to the association rate constant of a particular ABP -antigen interaction. This value is also referred to as the konvalue.

[0192] The term“KD” (M), as used herein, refers to the dissociation equilibrium constant of a particular ABP -antigen interaction. KD = kd / ka. In some embodiments, the affinity of an ABP is described in terms of the KDfor an interaction between such ABP and its antigen. For clarity, as known in the art, a smaller KDvalue indicates a higher affinity interaction, while a larger KDvalue indicates a lower affinity interaction.

[0193] The term“KA” (M-1), as used herein, refers to the association equilibrium constant of a particular ABP-antigen interaction. KA= ka / kd.

[0194] An“immunoconjugate” is an ABP conjugated to one or more heterologous molecule(s), such as a therapeutic (cytokine, for example) or diagnostic agent.

[0195] “Fc effector functions” refer to those biological activities mediated by the Fc region of an ABP having an Fc region, which activities may vary depending on isotype. Examples of ABP effector functions include C1q binding to activate complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC), Fc receptor binding to activate ABP-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC), and ABP dependent cellular phagocytosis (ADCP).

[0196] When used herein in the context of two or more ABPs, the term“competes with” or “cross-competes with” indicates that the two or more ABPs compete for binding to an antigen (e.g., HLA-PEPTIDE). In one exemplary assay, HLA-PEPTIDE is coated on a surface and contacted with a first HLA-PEPTIDE ABP, after which a second HLA-PEPTIDE ABP is added. In another exemplary assay, a first HLA-PEPTIDE ABP is coated on a surface and contacted with HLA-PEPTIDE, and then a second HLA-PEPTIDE ABP is added. If the presence of the first HLA-PEPTIDE ABP reduces binding of the second HLA-PEPTIDE ABP, in either assay, then the ABPs compete with each other. The term“competes with” also includes combinations of ABPs where one ABP reduces binding of another ABP, but where no competition is observed when the ABPs are added in the reverse order. However, in some embodiments, the first and second ABPs inhibit binding of each other, regardless of the order in which they are added. In some embodiments, one ABP reduces binding of another ABP to its antigen by at least 25%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, or at least 95%. A skilled artisan can select the concentrations of the ABPs used in the competition assays based on the affinities of the ABPs for HLA-PEPTIDE and the valency of the ABPs. The assays described in this definition are illustrative, and a skilled artisan can utilize any suitable assay to determine if ABPs compete with each other. Suitable assays are described, for example, in Cox et al., “Immunoassay Methods,” in Assay Guidance Manual [Internet], Updated December 24, 2014 (www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov / books / NBK92434 / ; accessed September 29, 2015); Silman et al., Cytometry, 2001, 44:30-37; and Finco et al., J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal., 2011, 54:351-358; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0197] The term“epitope” means a portion of an antigen that specifically binds to an ABP. Epitopes frequently consist of surface-accessible amino acid residues and / or sugar side chains and may have specific three dimensional structural characteristics, as well as specific charge characteristics. Conformational and non-conformational epitopes are distinguished in that the binding to the former but not the latter may be lost in the presence of denaturing solvents. An epitope may comprise amino acid residues that are directly involved in the binding, and other amino acid residues, which are not directly involved in the binding. The epitope to which an ABP binds can be determined using known techniques for epitope determination such as, for example, testing for ABP binding to HLA-PEPTIDE variants with different point-mutations, or to chimeric HLA-PEPTIDE variants.

[0198] Percent“identity” between a polypeptide sequence and a reference sequence, is defined as the percentage of amino acid residues in the polypeptide sequence that are identical to the amino acid residues in the reference sequence, after aligning the sequences and introducinggaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum percent sequence identity. Alignment for purposes of determining percent amino acid sequence identity can be achieved in various ways that are within the skill in the art, for instance, using publicly available computer software such as BLAST, BLAST-2, ALIGN, MEGALIGN (DNASTAR), CLUSTALW, CLUSTAL OMEGA, or MUSCLE software. Those skilled in the art can determine appropriate parameters for aligning sequences, including any algorithms needed to achieve maximal alignment over the full length of the sequences being compared.

[0199] A“conservative substitution” or a“conservative amino acid substitution,” refers to the substitution an amino acid with a chemically or functionally similar amino acid.Conservative substitution tables providing similar amino acids are well known in the art. By way of example, the groups of amino acids provided in Tables 21-23 are, in some embodiments, considered conservative substitutions for one another.

[0200] Table 21. Selected groups of amino acids that are considered conservativesubstitutions for one another, in certain embodiments.

[0201] Table 22. Additional selected groups of amino acids that are considered conservative substitutions for one another, in certain embodiments.

[0202] Table 23. Further selected groups of amino acids that are considered conservative substitutions for one another, in certain embodiments.

[0203] Additional conservative substitutions may be found, for example, in Creighton, Proteins: Structures and Molecular Properties 2nd ed. (1993) W. H. Freeman & Co., New York, NY. An ABP generated by making one or more conservative substitutions of amino acid residues in a parent ABP is referred to as a“conservatively modified variant.”

[0204] The term“amino acid” refers to the twenty common naturally occurring amino acids. Naturally occurring amino acids include alanine (Ala; A), arginine (Arg; R), asparagine (Asn; N), aspartic acid (Asp; D), cysteine (Cys; C); glutamic acid (Glu; E), glutamine (Gln; Q), Glycine (Gly; G); histidine (His; H), isoleucine (Ile; I), leucine (Leu; L), lysine (Lys; K), methionine (Met; M), phenylalanine (Phe; F), proline (Pro; P), serine (Ser; S), threonine (Thr; T), tryptophan (Trp; W), tyrosine (Tyr; Y), and valine (Val; V).

[0205] The term“vector,” as used herein, refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of propagating another nucleic acid to which it is linked. The term includes the vector as a self- replicating nucleic acid structure as well as the vector incorporated into the genome of a host cell into which it has been introduced. Certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of nucleic acids to which they are operatively linked. Such vectors are referred to herein as “expression vectors.”

[0206] The terms“host cell,”“host cell line,” and“host cell culture” are usedinterchangeably and refer to cells into which an exogenous nucleic acid has been introduced, and the progeny of such cells. Host cells include“transformants” (or“transformed cells”) and “transfectants” (or“transfected cells”), which each include the primary transformed or transfected cell and progeny derived therefrom. Such progeny may not be completely identical in nucleic acid content to a parent cell, and may contain mutations.

[0207] The term“treating” (and variations thereof such as“treat” or“treatment”) refers to clinical intervention in an attempt to alter the natural course of a disease or condition in a subject in need thereof. Treatment can be performed both for prophylaxis and during the course of clinical pathology. Desirable effects of treatment include preventing occurrence or recurrence of disease, alleviation of symptoms, diminishment of any direct or indirect pathologicalconsequences of the disease, preventing metastasis, decreasing the rate of disease progression, amelioration or palliation of the disease state, and remission or improved prognosis.

[0208] As used herein, the term“therapeutically effective amount” or“effective amount” refers to an amount of an ABP or pharmaceutical composition provided herein that, when administered to a subject, is effective to treat a disease or disorder.

[0209] As used herein, the term“subject” means a mammalian subject. Exemplary subjects include humans, monkeys, dogs, cats, mice, rats, cows, horses, camels, goats, rabbits, and sheep.In certain embodiments, the subject is a human. In some embodiments the subject has a disease or condition that can be treated with an ABP provided herein. In some aspects, the disease or condition is a cancer. In some aspects, the disease or condition is a viral infection.

[0210] The term“package insert” is used to refer to instructions customarily included in commercial packages of therapeutic or diagnostic products (e.g., kits) that contain information about the indications, usage, dosage, administration, combination therapy, contraindications and / or warnings concerning the use of such therapeutic or diagnostic products.

[0211] The term“tumor” refers to all neoplastic cell growth and proliferation, whether malignant or benign, and all pre-cancerous and cancerous cells and tissues. The terms“cancer,” “cancerous,”“cell proliferative disorder,”“proliferative disorder” and“tumor” are not mutually exclusive as referred to herein. The terms“cell proliferative disorder” and“proliferative disorder” refer to disorders that are associated with some degree of abnormal cell proliferation. In some embodiments, the cell proliferative disorder is a cancer. In some aspects, the tumor is a solid tumor. In some aspects, the tumor is a hematologic malignancy.

[0212] The term“pharmaceutical composition” refers to a preparation which is in such form as to permit the biological activity of an active ingredient contained therein to be effective in treating a subject, and which contains no additional components which are unacceptably toxic to the subject in the amounts provided in the pharmaceutical composition.

[0213] The terms“modulate” and“modulation” refer to reducing or inhibiting or, alternatively, activating or increasing, a recited variable.

[0214] The terms“increase” and“activate” refer to an increase of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 100%, 2-fold, 3-fold, 4-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, 20- fold, 50-fold, 100-fold, or greater in a recited variable.

[0215] The terms“reduce” and“inhibit” refer to a decrease of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 2-fold, 3-fold, 4-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, 20-fold, 50-fold, 100-fold, or greater in a recited variable.

[0216] The term“agonize” refers to the activation of receptor signaling to induce a biological response associated with activation of the receptor. An“agonist” is an entity that binds to and agonizes a receptor.

[0217] The term“antagonize” refers to the inhibition of receptor signaling to inhibit a biological response associated with activation of the receptor. An“antagonist” is an entity that binds to and antagonizes a receptor.

[0218] The terms“nucleic acids” and“polynucleotides” may be used interchangeably herein to refer to polymeric form of nucleotides of any length, either deoxyribonucleotides orribonucleotides, or analogs thereof. Polynucleotides can include, but are not limited to coding or non-coding regions of a gene or gene fragment, loci (locus) defined from linkage analysis, exons, introns, messenger RNA (mRNA), cDNA, recombinant polynucleotides, branched polynucleotides, plasmids, vectors, isolated DNA, isolated RNA, nucleic acid probes, and primers. A polynucleotide may comprise modified nucleotides, such asmethylated nucleotides and nucleotide analogs. Exemplary modified nucleotides include, e.g., 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5-chlorouracil, 5-iodouracil, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 4- acetylcytosine, 5-( carboxyhydroxymethyl) uracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2- thiouridine, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyluracil, dihydrouracil, beta-D-galactosylqueosine, inosine, N6-isopentenyladenine, 1-methylguanine, 1-methylinosine, 2,2-dimethylguanine, 2- methyladenine, 2-methylguanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-substituted adenine, 7-methylguanine, 5-methylaminomethyluracil, 5-methoxyaminomethyl-2-thiouracil, beta-D-mannosylqueosine, 5'-methoxycarboxymethyluracil, 5-methoxyuracil, 2- methylthioN6- isopentenyladenine, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid (v), wybutoxosine, pseudouracil, queosine, 2- thiocytosine, 5-methyl-2-thiouracil, 2-thiouracil, 4-thiouracil, 5-methyluracil, uracil-5- oxyacetic acid methylester, 3-(3-amino-3-N-2-carboxypropyl) uracil, and 2,6- diaminopurine. ISOLATED HLA-PEPTIDE TARGETS

[0219] The major histocompatibility complex (MHC) is a complex of antigens encoded by a group of linked loci, which are collectively termed H-2 in the mouse and HLA in humans. The two principal classes of the MHC antigens, class I and class II, each comprise a set of cell surface glycoproteins which play a role in determining tissue type and transplant compatibility. In transplantation reactions, cytotoxic T-cells (CTLs) respond mainly against class Iglycoproteins, while helper T-cells respond mainly against class II glycoproteins.

[0220] Human major histocompatibility complex (MHC) class I molecules, referred to interchangeably herein as HLA Class I molecules, are expressed on the surface of nearly all cells. These molecules function in presenting peptides which are mainly derived from endogenously synthesized proteins to, e.g., CD8+ T cells via an interaction with the alpha- beta T-cell receptor. The class I MHC molecule comprises a heterodimer composed of a 46- kDa α chain which is non-covalently associated with the 12-kDa light chain beta-2microglobulin. The α chain generally comprises α1 and α2 domains which form a groove for presenting an HLA-restricted peptide, and an α3 plasma membrane-spanning domain which interacts with the CD8 co-receptor of T-cells. FIG.1 (prior art) depicts the general structureof a Class I HLA molecule. Some TCRs can bind MHC class I independently of CD8 coreceptor (see, e.g., Kerry SE, Buslepp J, Cramer LA, et al. Interplay between TCR Affinity and Necessity of Coreceptor Ligation: High-Affinity Peptide-MHC / TCR InteractionOvercomes Lack of CD8 Engagement. Journal of immunology (Baltimore, Md : 1950).2003;171(9):4493-4503.)

[0221] Class I MHC-restricted peptides (also referred to interchangeably herein as HLA- restricted antigens, HLA-restricted peptides, MHC-restricted antigens, restricted peptides, or peptides) generally bind to the heavy chain alpha1-alpha2 groove via about two or three anchor residues that interact with corresponding binding pockets in the MHC molecule. The beta-2 microglobulin chain plays an important role in MHC class I intracellular transport, peptide binding, and conformational stability. For most class I molecules, the formation of aheterotrimeric complex of the MHC class I heavy chain, peptide (self, non-self, and / or antigenic) and beta-2 microglobulin leads to protein maturation and export to the cell-surface.

[0222] Binding of a given HLA subtype to an HLA-restricted peptide forms a complex with a unique and novel surface that can be specifically recognized by an ABP such as, e.g., a TCR on a T cell or an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof. HLA complexed with an HLA-restricted peptide is referred to herein as an HLA-PEPTIDE or HLA-PEPTIDE target. In some cases the restricted peptide is located in the α1 / α2 groove of the HLAmolecule. In some cases the restricted peptide is bound to the α1 / α2 groove of the HLA molecule via about two or three anchor residues that interact with corresponding binding pockets in the HLA molecule.

[0223] Accordingly, provided herein are antigens comprising HLA-PEPTIDE targets. The HLA-PEPTIDE targets may comprise a specific HLA-restricted peptide having a defined amino acid sequence complexed with a specific HLA subtype.

[0224] HLA-PEPTIDE targets identified herein may be useful for cancer immunotherapy. In some embodiments, the HLA-PEPTIDE targets identified herein are presented on the surface of a tumor cell. The HLA-PEPTIDE targets identified herein may be expressed by tumor cells in a human subject. The HLA-PEPTIDE targets identified herein may beexpressed by tumor cells in a population of human subjects. For example, the HLA- PEPTIDE targets identified herein may be shared antigens which are commonly expressed in a population of human subjects with cancer.

[0225] The HLA-PEPTIDE targets identified herein may have a prevalence with an individual tumor type The prevalence with an individual tumor type may be about 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%,9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 31%, 32%, 33%, 34%, 35%, 36%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100%. The prevalence with an individual tumor type may be about 0.1%-100%, 0.2-50%, 0.5-25%, or 1-10%.

[0226] Preferably, HLA-PEPTIDE targets are not generally expressed in most normal tissues. For example, the HLA-PEPTIDE targets may in some cases not be expressed in tissues in the Genotype-Tissue Expression (GTEx) Project, or may in some cases be expressed only in immune privileged or non-essential tissues. Exemplary immune privileged or non-essential tissues include testis, minor salivary glands, the endocervix, and the thyroid. In some cases, an HLA-PEPTIDE target may be deemed to not be expressed on essential tissues or non-immune privileged tissues if the median expression of a gene from which the restricted peptide is derived is less than 0.5 RPKM (Reads Per Kilobase of transcript per Million napped reads) across GTEx samples, if the gene is not expressed with greater than 10 RPKM across GTEX samples, if the gene was expressed at >=5 RPKM in no more two samples across all essential tissue samples, or any combination thereof.Exemplary HLA Class I subtypes of the HLA-PEPTIDE targets

[0227] In humans, there are many MHC haplotypes (referred to interchangeably herein as MHC subtypes, HLA subtypes, MHC types, and HLA types). Exemplary HLA subtypes include, by way of example only, HLA-A*01:01, HLA-A*02:01, HLA-A*02:03, HLA- A*02:04, HLA-A*02:07, HLA-A*03:01, HLA-A*03:02, HLA-A*11:01, HLA-A*23:01, HLA-A*24:02, HLA-A*25:01, HLA-A*26:01, HLA-A*29:02, HLA-A*30:01, HLA- A*30:02, HLA-A*31:01, HLA-A*32:01, HLA-A*33:01, HLA-A*33:03, HLA-A*68:01, HLA-A*68:02, HLA-B*07:02, HLA-B*08:01, HLA-B*13:02, HLA-B*15:01, HLA- B*15:03, HLA-B*18:01, HLA-B*27:02, HLA-B*27:05, HLA-B*35:01, HLA-B*35:03, HLA-B*37:01, HLA-B*38:01, HLA-B*39:01, HLA-B*40:01, HLA-B*40:02, HLA- B*44:02, HLA-B*44:03, HLA-B*46:01, HLA-B*49:01, HLA-B*51:01, HLA-B*54:01, HLA-B*55:01, HLA-B*56:01, HLA-B*57:01, HLA-B*58:01, HLA-C*01:02, HLA- C*02:02, HLA-C*03:03, HLA-C*03:04, HLA-C*04:01, HLA-C*05:01, HLA-C*06:02, HLA-C*07:01, HLA-C*07:02, HLA-C*07:04, HLA-C*07:06, HLA-C*12:03, HLA- C*14:02, HLA-C*16:01, HLA-C*16:02, HLA-C*16:04, and all subtypes thereof, including, e.g., 4 digit, 6 digit, and 8 digit subtypes. As is known to those skilled in the art there areallelic variants of the above HLA types, all of which are encompassed by the present invention. A full list of HLA Class Alleles can be found on http: / / hla.alleles.org / alleles / . For example, a full list of HLA Class I Alleles can be found onhttp: / / hla.alleles.org / alleles / class1.html.HLA-restricted peptides

[0228] The HLA-restricted peptides (referred to interchangeably herein) as“restricted peptides” can be peptide fragments of tumor-specific genes, e.g., cancer-specific genes. Preferably, the cancer-specific genes are expressed in cancer samples. Genes which are aberrantly expressed in cancer samples can be identified through a database. Exemplary databases include, by way of example only, The Cancer Genome Atlas (TCGA) Research Network: http: / / cancergenome.nih.gov / ; the International Cancer Genome Consortium:https: / / dcc.icgc.org / . In some embodiments, the cancer-specific gene has an observed expression of at least 10 RPKM in at least 5 samples from the TCGA database. The cancer- specific gene may have an observable bimodal distribution

[0229] The cancer-specific gene may have an observed expression of greater than 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100 transcripts per million (TPM) in at least one TCGA tumor tissue. In preferred embodiments, the cancer-specific gene has an observed expression of greater than 100 TPM in at least one TCGA tumor tissue. In some cases, the cancer specific gene has an observed bimodal distribution of expression across TCGA samples. Without wishing to be bound by theory, such bimodal expression pattern is consistent with a biological model in which there is minimal expression at baseline in all tumor samples and higher expression in a subset of tumors experiencing epigenetic dysregulation.

[0230] Preferably, the cancer-specific gene is not generally expressed in most normal tissues. For example, the cancer-specific gene may in some cases not be expressed in tissues in the Genotype-Tissue Expression (GTEx) Project, or may in some cases be expressed in immune privileged or non-essential tissues. Exemplary immune privileged or non-essential tissues include testis, minor salivary glands, the endocervix, and thyroid. In some cases, an cancer-specific gene may be deemed to not be expressed an essential tissues or non-immune privileged tissue if the median expression of the cancer-specific gene is less than 0.5 RPKM (Reads Per Kilobase of transcript per Million napped reads) across GTEx samples, if the gene is not expressed with greater than 10 RPKM across GTEX samples, if the gene was expressed at >=5 RPKM in no more two samples across all essential tissue samples, or any combination thereof.

[0231] In some embodiments, the cancer-specific gene meets the following criteria by assessment of the GTEx: (1) median GTEx expression in brain, heart, or lung is less than 0.1 transcripts per million (TPM), with no one sample exceeding 5 TPM, (2) median GTEx expression in other essential organs (excluding testis, thyroid, minor salivary gland) is less than 2 TPM with no one sample exceeding 10 TPM.

[0232] In some embodiments, the cancer-specific gene is not likely expressed in immune cells generally, e.g., is not an interferon family gene, is not an eye-related gene, not an olfactory or taste receptor gene, and is not a gene related to the circadian cycle (e.g., not a CLOCK, PERIOD, CRY gene)

[0233] The restricted peptide preferably may be presented on the surface of a tumor.

[0234] The restricted peptides may have a size of about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, about 10, about 11, about 12, about 13, about 14, or about 15 amino molecule residues, and any range derivable therein. In particular embodiments, the restricted peptide has a size of about 8, about 9, about 10, about 11, or about 12 amino molecule residues. The restricted peptide may be about 5-15 amino acids in length, preferably may be about 7-12 amino acids in length, or more preferably may be about 8-11 amino acids in length.Exemplary HLA-PEPTIDE targets

[0235] Exemplary HLA-PEPTIDE targets are shown in Table A. In each row of Table A the HLA allele and corresponding HLA-restricted peptide sequence of each complex is shown. The peptide sequence can consist of the respective sequence shown in each row of Table A.Alternatively the peptide sequence can comprise the respective sequence shown in each row of Table A. Alternatively the peptide sequence can consist essentially of the respective sequence shown in each row of Table A.

[0236] In some embodiments, the HLA-PEPTIDE target is a target as shown in Table A.

[0237] In some embodiments, the HLA-restricted peptide is not from a gene selected from WT1 or MART1.

[0238] HLA Class I molecules which do not associate with a restricted peptide ligand are generally unstable. Accordingly, the association of the restricted peptide with the α1 / α2 groove of the HLA molecule may stabilize the non-covalent association of the β2- microglobulin subunit of the HLA subtype with the α-subunit of the HLA subtype.

[0239] Stability of the non-covalent association of the β2-microglobulin subunit of the HLA subtype with the α-subunit of the HLA subtype can be determined using any suitable means. For example, such stability may be assessed by dissolving insoluble aggregates of HLA molecules in high concentrations of urea (e.g., about 8M urea), and determining theability of the HLA molecule to refold in the presence of the restricted peptide during urea removal, e.g., urea removal by dialysis. Such refolding approaches are described in, e.g., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA Vol.89, pp.3429-3433, April 1992, hereby incorporated by reference.

[0240] For other example, such stability may be assessed using conditional HLA Class I ligands. Conditional HLA Class I ligands are generally designed as short restricted peptides which stabilize the association of the β2 and α subunits of the HLA Class I molecule by binding to the α1 / α2 groove of the HLA molecule, and which contain one or more amino acid modifications allowing cleavage of the restricted peptide upon exposure to a conditional stimulus. Upon cleavage of the conditional ligand, the β2 and α-subunits of the HLA molecule dissociate, unless such conditional ligand is exchanged for a restricted peptide which binds to the α1 / α2 groove and stabilizes the HLA molecule. Conditional ligands can be designed by introducing amino acid modifications in either known HLA peptide ligands or in predicted high-affinity HLA peptide ligands. For HLA alleles for which structural information is available, water-accessibility of side chains may also be used to select positions for introduction of the amino acid modifications. Use of conditional HLA ligands may be advantageous by allowing the batch preparation of stable HLA-peptide complexes which may be used to interrogate test restricted peptides in a high throughput manner.Conditional HLA Class I ligands, and methods of production, are described in, e.g., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A.2008 Mar 11; 105(10): 3831–3836; Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A.2008 Mar 11; 105(10): 3825–3830; J Exp Med.2018 May 7; 215(5): 1493–1504; Choo, J. A. L. et al. Bioorthogonal cleavage and exchange of major histocompatibility complex ligands by employing azobenzene-containing peptides. Angew Chem Int Ed Engl 53, 13390–13394 (2014); Amore, A. et al. Development of a Hypersensitive Periodate-Cleavable Amino Acid that is Methionine- and Disulfide-Compatible and its Application in MHC ExchangeReagents for T Cell Characterisation. ChemBioChem 14, 123–131 (2012); Rodenko, B. et al. Class I Major Histocompatibility Complexes Loaded by a Periodate Trigger. J Am Chem Soc 131, 12305–12313 (2009); and Chang, C. X. L. et al. Conditional ligands for Asian HLA variants facilitate the definition of CD8+ T-cell responses in acute and chronic viral diseases. Eur J Immunol 43, 1109–1120 (2013). These references are incorporated by reference in their entirety.

[0241] Accordingly, in some embodiments, the ability of an HLA-restricted peptide described herein, e.g., described in Table A, to stabilize the association of the β2- and α- subunits of the HLA molecule, is assessed by performing a conditional ligand mediated-exchange reaction and assay for HLA stability. HLA stability can be assayed using any suitable method, including, e.g., mass spectrometry analysis, immunoassays (e.g., ELISA), size exclusion chromatography, and HLA multimer staining followed by flow cytometry assessment of T cells.

[0242] Other exemplary methods for assessing stability of the non- covalent association of the β2-microglobulin subunit of the HLA subtype with the α-subunit of the HLA subtype include peptide exchange using dipeptides. Peptide exchange using dipeptides has been described in, e.g., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A.2013 Sep 17, 110(38):15383-8; Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A.2015 Jan 6, 112(1):202-7, which is hereby incorporated by reference.

[0243] Provided herein are useful antigens comprising an HLA-PEPTIDE target. The HLA- PEPTIDE targets may comprise a specific HLA-restricted peptide having a defined amino acid sequence complexed with a specific HLA subtype allele.

[0244] The HLA-PEPTIDE target may be isolated and / or in substantially pure form. For example, the HLA-PEPTIDE targets may be isolated from their natural environment, or may be produced by means of a technical process. In some cases, the HLA-PEPTIDE target is provided in a form which is substantially free of other peptides or proteins.

[0245] THE HLA-PEPTIDE targets may be presented in soluble form, and optionally may be a recombinant HLA-PEPTIDE target complex. The skilled artisan may use any suitable method for producing and purifying recombinant HLA-PEPTIDE targets. Suitable methods include, e.g., use of E. coli expression systems, insect cells, and the like. Other methods include synthetic production, e.g., using cell free systems. An exemplary suitable cell free system is described in WO2017089756, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0246] Also provided herein are compositions comprising an HLA-PEPTIDE target.

[0247] In some cases, the composition comprises an HLA-PEPTIDE target attached to a solid support. Exemplary solid supports include, but are not limited to, beads, wells, membranes, tubes, columns, plates, sepharose, magnetic beads, and chips. Exemplary solid supports are described in, e.g., Catalysts 2018, 8, 92; doi:10.3390 / catal8020092, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0248] The HLA-PEPTIDE target may be attached to the solid support by any suitable methods known in the art. In some cases, the HLA-PEPTIDE target is covalently attached to the solid support.

[0249] In some cases, the HLA-PEPTIDE target is attached to the solid support by way of an affinity binding pair. Affinity binding pairs generally involved specific interactions between two molecules. A ligand having an affinity for its binding partner molecule can becovalently attached to the solid support, and thus used as bait for immobilizing Common affinity binding pairs include, e.g., streptavidin and biotin, avidin and biotin; polyhistidine tags with metal ions such as copper, nickel, zinc, and cobalt; and the like.

[0250] The HLA-PEPTIDE target may comprise a detectable label.

[0251] Pharmaceutical compositions comprising HLA-PEPTIDE targets.

[0252] The composition comprising an HLA-PEPTIDE target may be a pharmaceutical composition. Such a composition may comprise multiple HLA-PEPTIDE targets. Exemplary pharmaceutical compositions are described herein. The composition may be capable of eliciting an immune response. The composition may comprise an adjuvant. Suitable adjuvants include, but are not limited to 1018 ISS, alum, aluminium salts, Amplivax, AS15, BCG, CP-870,893, CpG7909, CyaA, dSLIM, GM-CSF, IC30, IC31, Imiquimod, ImuFact IMP321, IS Patch, ISS, ISCOMATRIX, JuvImmune, LipoVac, MF59, monophosphoryl lipid A, Montanide IMS 1312, Montanide ISA 206, Montanide ISA 50V, Montanide ISA-51, OK-432, OM-174, OM-197-MP- EC, ONTAK, PepTel vector system, PLG microparticles, resiquimod, SRL172, Virosomes and other Virus-like particles, YF-17D, VEGF trap, R848, beta-glucan, Pam3Cys, Aquila's QS21 stimulon (Aquila Biotech, Worcester, Mass., USA) which is derived from saponin,mycobacterial extracts and synthetic bacterial cell wall mimics, and other proprietary adjuvants such as Ribi's Detox. Quil or Superfos. Adjuvants such as incomplete Freund's or GM-CSF are useful. Several immunological adjuvants (e.g., MF59) specific for dendritic cells and their preparation have been described previously (Dupuis M, et al., Cell Immunol.1998; 186(1):18- 27; Allison A C; Dev Biol Stand.1998; 92:3-11). Also cytokines can be used. Several cytokines have been directly linked to influencing dendritic cell migration to lymphoid tissues (e.g., TNF- alpha), accelerating the maturation of dendritic cells into efficient antigen-presenting cells for T- lymphocytes (e.g., GM-CSF, IL-1 and IL-4) (U.S. Pat. No.5,849,589, specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) and acting as immunoadjuvants (e.g., IL-12) (Gabrilovich D I, et al., J Immunother Emphasis Tumor Immunol.1996 (6):414-418). HLA surface expression and processing of intracellular proteins into peptides to present on HLA can also be enhanced by interferon-gamma (IFN-γ). See, e.g., York IA, Goldberg AL, Mo XY, Rock KL. Proteolysis and class I major histocompatibility complex antigen presentation. Immunol Rev.1999;172:49-66; and Rock KL, Goldberg AL. Degradation of cell proteins and the generation of MHC class I- presented peptides. Ann Rev Immunol.1999;17: 12.739-779, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.HLA-PEPTIDE ABPs

[0253] Also provided herein are ABPs that specifically bind to HLA-PEPTIDE target as disclosed herein.

[0254] The HLA-PEPTIDE target may be expressed on the surface of any suitable target cell including a tumor cell.

[0255] The ABP can specifically bind to a human leukocyte antigen (HLA)-PEPTIDE target, wherein the HLA-PEPTIDE target comprises an HLA-restricted peptide complexed with an HLA Class I molecule, wherein the HLA-restricted peptide is located in the peptide binding groove of an α1 / α2 heterodimer portion of the HLA Class I molecule.

[0256] In some aspects, the ABP does not bind HLA class I in the absence of HLA-restricted peptide. In some aspects, the ABP does not bind HLA-restricted peptide in the absence of human MHC class I. In some aspects, the ABP binds tumor cells presenting human MHC class I being complexed with HLA - restricted peptide, optionally wherein the HLA restricted peptide is a tumor antigen characterizing the cancer.

[0257] An ABP can bind to each portion of an HLA-PEPTIDE complex (i.e., HLA and peptide representing each portion of the complex), which when bound together form a novel target and protein surface for interaction with and binding by the ABP, distinct from a surface presented by the peptide alone or HLA subtype alone. Generally the novel target and protein surface formed by binding of HLA to peptide does not exist in the absence of each portion of the HLA-PEPTIDE complex.

[0258] An ABP can be capable of specifically binding a complex comprising HLA and an HLA-restricted peptide (HLA-PEPTIDE), e.g., derived from a tumor. In some aspects, the ABP does not bind HLA in an absence of the HLA-restricted peptide derived from the tumor. In some aspects, the ABP does not bind the HLA-restricted peptide derived from the tumor in an absence of HLA. In some aspects, the ABP binds a complex comprising HLA and HLA-restricted peptide when naturally presented on a cell such as a tumor cell.

[0259] In some embodiments, an ABP provided herein modulates binding of HLA-PEPTIDE to one or more ligands of HLA-PEPTIDE.

[0260] The ABP may specifically bind to any one of the HLA-PEPTIDE targets as disclosed in Table A. In some embodiments, the HLA-restricted peptide is not from a gene selected from WT1 or MART1.

[0261] In more particular embodiments, the ABP specifically binds to an HLA-PEPTIDE target selected from any one of HLA subtype B*35:01 complexed with an HLA-restricted peptide comprising the sequence EVDPIGHVY, HLA subtype A*02:01 complexed with anHLA-restricted peptide comprising the sequence AIFPGAVPAA, and HLA subtype A*01:01 complexed with an HLA-restricted peptide comprising the sequence ASSLPTTMNY.

[0262] In yet more particular embodiments, the ABP specifically binds to an HLA-PEPTIDE target selected from any one of HLA subtype B*35:01 complexed with an HLA-restricted peptide consisting essentially of the sequence EVDPIGHVY, HLA subtype A*02:01 complexed with an HLA-restricted peptide consisting essentially of the sequence AIFPGAVPAA, and HLA subtype A*01:01 complexed with an HLA-restricted peptide consisting essentially of the sequence ASSLPTTMNY.

[0263] In some embodiments, the ABP specifically binds to an HLA-PEPTIDE target selected from any one of HLA subtype B*35:01 complexed with an HLA-restricted peptide consisting of the sequence EVDPIGHVY, HLA subtype A*02:01 complexed with an HLA- restricted peptide consisting of the sequence AIFPGAVPAA, and HLA subtype A*01:01 complexed with an HLA-restricted peptide consisting of the sequence ASSLPTTMNY.

[0264] In some embodiments, an ABP is an ABP that competes with an illustrative ABP provided herein. In some aspects, the ABP that competes with the illustrative ABP provided herein binds the same epitope as an illustrative ABP provided herein.

[0265] In some embodiments, the ABPs described herein are referred to herein as “variants.” In some embodiments, such variants are derived from a sequence provided herein, for example, by affinity maturation, site directed mutagenesis, random mutagenesis, or any other method known in the art or described herein. In some embodiments, such variants are not derived from a sequence provided herein and may, for example, be isolated de novo according to the methods provided herein for obtaining ABPs. In someembodiments, a variant is derived from any of the sequences provided herein, wherein one or more conservative amino acid substitutions are made. In some embodiments, a variant is derived from any of the sequences provided herein, wherein one or more nonconservative amino acid substitutions are made. Conservative amino acid substitutions are described herein. Exemplary nonconservative amino acid substitutions include those described in J Immunol.2008 May 1;180(9):6116-31, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. In preferred embodiments, the non-conservative amino acid substitution does not interfere with or inhibit the biological activity of the functional variant. In yet more preferred embodiments, the non-conservative amino acid substitution enhances the biological activity of the functional variant, such that the biological activity of the functional variant is increased as compared to the parent ABP.ABPs comprising an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof

[0266] An ABP may comprise an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof.

[0267] In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein comprise a light chain. In some aspects, the light chain is a kappa light chain. In some aspects, the light chain is a lambda light chain.

[0268] In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein comprise a heavy chain. In some aspects, the heavy chain is an IgA. In some aspects, the heavy chain is an IgD. In some aspects, the heavy chain is an IgE. In some aspects, the heavy chain is an IgG. In some aspects, the heavy chain is an IgM. In some aspects, the heavy chain is an IgG1. In some aspects, the heavy chain is an IgG2. In some aspects, the heavy chain is an IgG3. In some aspects, the heavy chain is an IgG4. In some aspects, the heavy chain is an IgA1. In some aspects, the heavy chain is an IgA2.

[0269] In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein comprise an antibody fragment. In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein consist of an antibody fragment. In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein consist essentially of an antibody fragment. In some aspects, the ABP fragment is an Fv fragment. In some aspects, the ABP fragment is a Fab fragment. In some aspects, the ABP fragment is a F(ab’)2fragment. In some aspects, the ABP fragment is a Fab’ fragment. In some aspects, the ABP fragment is an scFv (sFv) fragment. In some aspects, the ABP fragment is an scFv-Fc fragment. In some aspects, the ABP fragment is a fragment of a single domain ABP.

[0270] In some embodiments, an ABP fragment provided herein is derived from an illustrative ABP provided herein. In some embodiments, an ABP fragments provided herein is not derived from an illustrative ABP provided herein and may, for example, be isolated de novo according to the methods provided herein for obtaining ABP fragments.

[0271] In some embodiments, an ABP fragment provided herein retains the ability to bind the HLA-PEPTIDE target, as measured by one or more assays or biological effects described herein. In some embodiments, an ABP fragment provided herein retains the ability to prevent HLA-PEPTIDE from interacting with one or more of its ligands, as described herein.

[0272] In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein are monoclonal ABPs. In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein are polyclonal ABPs.

[0273] In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein comprise a chimeric ABP. In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein consist of a chimeric ABP. In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein consist essentially of a chimeric ABP. In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein comprise a humanized ABP. In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein consist of a humanized ABP. In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein consist essentiallyof a humanized ABP. In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein comprise a human ABP. In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein consist of a human ABP. In someembodiments, the ABPs provided herein consist essentially of a human ABP.

[0274] In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein comprise an alternative scaffold. In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein consist of an alternative scaffold. In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein consist essentially of an alternative scaffold. Any suitable alternative scaffold may be used. In some aspects, the alternative scaffold is selected from an AdnectinTM, an iMab, an Anticalin®, an EETI-II / AGRP, a Kunitz domain, a thioredoxin peptide aptamer, an Affibody®, a DARPin, an Affilin, a Tetranectin, a Fynomer, and an Avimer.

[0275] Also disclosed herein is an isolated humanized, human, or chimeric ABP that competes for binding to an HLA-PEPTIDE with an ABP disclosed herein.

[0276] Also disclosed herein is an isolated humanized, human, or chimeric ABP that binds an HLA-PEPTIDE epitope bound by an ABP disclosed herein.

[0277] In certain aspects, an ABP comprises a human Fc region comprising at least one modification that reduces binding to a human Fc receptor.

[0278] It is known that when an ABP is expressed in cells, the ABP is modified after translation. Examples of the posttranslational modification include cleavage of lysine at the C terminus of the heavy chain by a carboxypeptidase; modification of glutamine or glutamic acid at the N terminus of the heavy chain and the light chain to pyroglutamic acid by pyroglutamylation; glycosylation; oxidation; deamidation; and glycation, and it is known that such posttranslational modifications occur in various ABPs (See Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2008, Vol.97, p. 2426-2447, incorporated by reference in its entirety). In some embodiments, an ABP is an ABP or antigen-binding fragment thereof which has undergone posttranslational modification.Examples of an ABP or antigen-binding fragment thereof which have undergoneposttranslational modification include an ABP or antigen-binding fragments thereof which have undergone pyroglutamylation at the N terminus of the heavy chain variable region and / or deletion of lysine at the C terminus of the heavy chain. It is known in the art that such posttranslational modification due to pyroglutamylation at the N terminus and deletion of lysine at the C terminus does not have any influence on the activity of the ABP or fragment thereof (Analytical Biochemistry, 2006, Vol.348, p.24-39, incorporated by reference in its entirety). Monospecific and Multispecific HLA-PEPTIDE ABPs

[0279] In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein are monospecific ABPs.

[0280] In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein are multispecific ABPs.

[0281] In some embodiments, a multispecific ABP provided herein binds more than one antigen. In some embodiments, a multispecific ABP binds 2 antigens. In some embodiments, a multispecific ABP binds 3 antigens. In some embodiments, a multispecific ABP binds 4 antigens. In some embodiments, a multispecific ABP binds 5 antigens.

[0282] In some embodiments, a multispecific ABP provided herein binds more than one epitope on a HLA-PEPTIDE antigen. In some embodiments, a multispecific ABP binds 2 epitopes on a HLA-PEPTIDE antigen. In some embodiments, a multispecific ABP binds 3 epitopes on a HLA-PEPTIDE antigen.

[0283] Many multispecific ABP constructs are known in the art, and the ABPs provided herein may be provided in the form of any suitable multispecific suitable construct.

[0284] In some embodiments, the multispecific ABP comprises an immunoglobulin comprising at least two different heavy chain variable regions each paired with a common light chain variable region (i.e., a“common light chain ABP”). The common light chain variable region forms a distinct antigen-binding domain with each of the two different heavy chain variable regions. See Merchant et al., Nature Biotechnol., 1998, 16:677-681, incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0285] In some embodiments, the multispecific ABP comprises an immunoglobulin comprising an ABP or fragment thereof attached to one or more of the N- or C-termini of the heavy or light chains of such immunoglobulin. See Coloma and Morrison, Nature Biotechnol., 1997, 15:159-163, incorporated by reference in its entirety. In some aspects, such ABP comprises a tetravalent bispecific ABP.

[0286] In some embodiments, the multispecific ABP comprises a hybrid immunoglobulin comprising at least two different heavy chain variable regions and at least two different light chain variable regions. See Milstein and Cuello, Nature, 1983, 305:537-540; and Staerz and Bevan, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1986, 83:1453-1457; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0287] In some embodiments, the multispecific ABP comprises immunoglobulin chains with alterations to reduce the formation of side products that do not have multispecificity. In some aspects, the ABPs comprise one or more“knobs-into-holes” modifications as described in U.S. Pat. No.5,731,168, incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0288] In some embodiments, the multispecific ABP comprises immunoglobulin chains with one or more electrostatic modifications to promote the assembly of Fc hetero-multimers. See WO 2009 / 089004, incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0289] In some embodiments, the multispecific ABP comprises a bispecific single chain molecule. See Traunecker et al., EMBO J., 1991, 10:3655-3659; and Gruber et al., J. Immunol., 1994, 152:5368-5374; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0290] In some embodiments, the multispecific ABP comprises a heavy chain variable domain and a light chain variable domain connected by a polypeptide linker, where the length of the linker is selected to promote assembly of multispecific ABP with the desired multispecificity. For example, monospecific scFvs generally form when a heavy chain variable domain and light chain variable domain are connected by a polypeptide linker of more than 12 amino acid residues. See U.S. Pat. Nos.4,946,778 and 5,132,405, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. In some embodiments, reduction of the polypeptide linker length to less than 12 amino acid residues prevents pairing of heavy and light chain variable domains on the same polypeptide chain, thereby allowing pairing of heavy and light chain variable domains from one chain with the complementary domains on another chain. The resulting ABP therefore has multispecificity, with the specificity of each binding site contributed by more than one polypeptide chain. Polypeptide chains comprising heavy and light chain variable domains that are joined by linkers between 3 and 12 amino acid residues form predominantly dimers (termed diabodies). With linkers between 0 and 2 amino acid residues, trimers (termed triabodies) and tetramers (termed tetrabodies) are favored. However, the exact type of oligomerization appears to depend on the amino acid residue composition and the order of the variable domain in each polypeptide chain (e.g., VH-linker-VLvs. VL-linker-VH), in addition to the linker length. A skilled person can select the appropriate linker length based on the desired multispecificity.Fc Region and Variants

[0291] In certain embodiments, an ABP provided herein comprises an Fc region. An Fc region can be wild-type or a variant thereof. In certain embodiments, an ABP provided herein comprises an Fc region with one or more amino acid substitutions, insertions, or deletions in comparison to a naturally occurring Fc region. In some aspects, such substitutions, insertions, or deletions yield ABP with altered stability, glycosylation, or other characteristics. In some aspects, such substitutions, insertions, or deletions yield a glycosylated ABP.

[0292] A“variant Fc region” or“engineered Fc region” comprises an amino acid sequence that differs from that of a native-sequence Fc region by virtue of at least one amino acid modification, preferably one or more amino acid substitution(s). Preferably, the variant Fc region has at least one amino acid substitution compared to a native-sequence Fc region or to the Fc region of a parent polypeptide, e.g., from about one to about ten amino acid substitutions, andpreferably from about one to about five amino acid substitutions in a native-sequence Fc region or in the Fc region of the parent polypeptide. The variant Fc region herein will preferably possess at least about 80% homology with a native-sequence Fc region and / or with an Fc region of a parent polypeptide, and most preferably at least about 90% homology therewith, more preferably at least about 95% homology therewith.

[0293] The term“Fc-region-comprising ABP” refers to an ABP that comprises an Fc region. The C-terminal lysine (residue 447 according to the EU numbering system) of the Fc region may be removed, for example, during purification of the ABP or by recombinant engineering the nucleic acid encoding the ABP. Accordingly, an ABP having an Fc region can comprise an ABP with or without K447.

[0294] In some aspects, the Fc region of an ABP provided herein is modified to yield an ABP with altered affinity for an Fc receptor, or an ABP that is more immunologically inert. In some embodiments, the ABP variants provided herein possess some, but not all, effector functions. Such ABPs may be useful, for example, when the half-life of the ABP is important in vivo, but when certain effector functions (e.g., complement activation and ADCC) are unnecessary or deleterious.

[0295] In some embodiments, the Fc region of an ABP provided herein is a human IgG4 Fc region comprising one or more of the hinge stabilizing mutations S228P and L235E. SeeAalberse et al., Immunology, 2002, 105:9-19, incorporated by reference in its entirety. In some embodiments, the IgG4 Fc region comprises one or more of the following mutations: E233P, F234V, and L235A. See Armour et al., Mol. Immunol., 2003, 40:585-593, incorporated by reference in its entirety. In some embodiments, the IgG4 Fc region comprises a deletion at position G236.

[0296] In some embodiments, the Fc region of an ABP provided herein is a human IgG1 Fc region comprising one or more mutations to reduce Fc receptor binding. In some aspects, the one or more mutations are in residues selected from S228 (e.g., S228A), L234 (e.g., L234A), L235 (e.g., L235A), D265 (e.g., D265A), and N297 (e.g., N297A). In some aspects, the ABP comprises a PVA236 mutation. PVA236 means that the amino acid sequence ELLG, from amino acid position 233 to 236 of IgG1 or EFLG of IgG4, is replaced by PVA. See U.S. Pat. No.9,150,641, incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0297] In some embodiments, the Fc region of an ABP provided herein is modified as described in Armour et al., Eur. J. Immunol., 1999, 29:2613-2624; WO 1999 / 058572; and / or U.K. Pat. App. No.98099518; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0298] In some embodiments, the Fc region of an ABP provided herein is a human IgG2 Fc region comprising one or more of mutations A330S and P331S.

[0299] In some embodiments, the Fc region of an ABP provided herein has an amino acid substitution at one or more positions selected from 238, 265, 269, 270, 297, 327 and 329. See U.S. Pat. No.6,737,056, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Such Fc mutants include Fc mutants with substitutions at two or more of amino acid positions 265, 269, 270, 297 and 327, including the so-called“DANA” Fc mutant with substitution of residues 265 and 297 with alanine. See U.S. Pat. No.7,332,581, incorporated by reference in its entirety. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises an alanine at amino acid position 265. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises an alanine at amino acid position 297.

[0300] In certain embodiments, an ABP provided herein comprises an Fc region with one or more amino acid substitutions which improve ADCC, such as a substitution at one or more of positions 298, 333, and 334 of the Fc region. In some embodiments, an ABP provided herein comprises an Fc region with one or more amino acid substitutions at positions 239, 332, and 330, as described in Lazar et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 2006,103:4005-4010, incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0301] In some embodiments, an ABP provided herein comprises one or more alterations that improves or diminishes C1q binding and / or CDC. See U.S. Pat. No.6,194,551; WO 99 / 51642; and Idusogie et al., J. Immunol., 2000, 164:4178-4184; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0302] In some embodiments, an ABP provided herein comprises one or more alterations to increase half-life. ABPs with increased half-lives and improved binding to the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn) are described, for example, in Hinton et al., J. Immunol., 2006, 176:346-356; and U.S. Pat. Pub. No.2005 / 0014934; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Such Fc variants include those with substitutions at one or more of Fc region residues: 238, 250, 256, 265, 272, 286, 303, 305, 307, 311, 312, 314, 317, 340, 356, 360, 362, 376, 378, 380, 382, 413, 424, 428, and 434 of an IgG. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises one or more non- Fc modifications that extend half-life. Exemplary non-Fc modifications that extend half-life are described in, e.g., US20170218078, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0303] In some embodiments, an ABP provided herein comprises one or more Fc region variants as described in U.S. Pat. Nos.7,371,8265,648,260, and 5,624,821; Duncan and Winter, Nature, 1988, 322:738-740; and WO 94 / 29351; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.Antibodies specific for B*35:01 _ EVDPIGHVY (HLA-PEPTIDE target“G5”)

[0304] In some aspects, provided herein are ABPs comprising antibodies or antigen- binding fragments thereof that specifically bind an HLA-PEPTIDE target, wherein the HLA Class I molecule of the HLA-PEPTIDE target is HLA subtype B*35:01 and the HLA- restricted peptide of the HLA-PEPTIDE target comprises, consists of, or essentially consists of the sequence EVDPIGHVY (“G5”).CDRs

[0305] The ABP specific for B*35:01_ EVDPIGHVY may comprise one or more antibody complementarity determining region (CDR) sequences, e.g., may comprise three heavy chain CDRs (CDR-H1, CDR-H2, CDR-H3) and three light chain CDRs (CDR-L1, CDR-L2, CDR-L3).

[0306] The ABP specific for B*35:01_ EVDPIGHVY may comprise a CDR-H3 sequence. The CDR-H3 sequence may be selected from CARDGVRYYGMDVW, CARGVRGYDRSAGYW, CASHDYGDYGEYFQHW,CARVSWYCSSTSCGVNWFDPW, CAKVNWNDGPYFDYW,CATPTNSGYYGPYYYYGMDVW, CARDVMDVW, CAREGYGMDVW,CARDNGVGVDYW, CARGIADSGSYYGNGRDYYYGMDVW, CARGDYYFDYW, CARDGTRYYGMDVW, CARDVVANFDYW, CARGHSSGWYYYYGMDVW,CAKDLGSYGGYYW, CARSWFGGFNYHYYGMDVW, CARELPIGYGMDVW, and CARGGSYYYYGMDVW.

[0307] The ABP specific for B*35:01_ EVDPIGHVY may comprise a CDR-L3 sequence. The CDR-L3 sequence may be selected from CMQGLQTPITF,CMQALQTPPTF, CQQAISFPLTF, CQQANSFPLTF, CQQANSFPLTF, CQQSYSIPLTF, CQQTYMMPYTF, CQQSYITPWTF, CQQSYITPYTF, CQQYYTTPYTF,CQQSYSTPLTF, CMQALQTPLTF, CQQYGSWPRTF, CQQSYSTPVTF,CMQALQTPYTF, CQQANSFPFTF, CMQALQTPLTF, and CQQSYSTPLTF.

[0308] The ABP specific for B*35:01_ EVDPIGHVY may comprise a particular heavy chain CDR3 (CDR-H3) sequence and a particular light chain CDR3 (CDR-L3) sequence. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises the CDR-H3 and the CDR-L3 from the scFv designated G5_P7_E7, G5_P7_B3, G5_P7_A5, G5_P7_F6, G5-P1B12, G5-P1C12, G5-P1- E05, G5-P3G01, G5-P3G08, G5-P4B02, G5-P4E04, G5R4-P1D06, G5R4-P1H11, G5R4- P2B10, G5R4-P2H8, G5R4-P3G05, G5R4-P4A07, or G5R4-P4B01. CDR sequences of identified scFvs that specifically bind B*35:01_ EVDPIGHVY are shown in Table 5. For clarity, each identified scFv hit is designated a clone name, and each row contains the CDRsequences for that particular clone name. For example, the scFv identified by clone name G5_P7_E7 comprises the heavy chain CDR3 sequence CARDGVRYYGMDVW and the light chain CDR3 sequence CMQGLQTPITF.

[0309] The ABP specific for B*35:01_ EVDPIGHVY may comprise all six CDRs from the scFv designated G5_P7_E7, G5_P7_B3, G5_P7_A5, G5_P7_F6, G5-P1B12, G5-P1C12, G5-P1-E05, G5-P3G01, G5-P3G08, G5-P4B02, G5-P4E04, G5R4-P1D06 , G5R4-P1H11 , G5R4-P2B10 , G5R4-P2H8 , G5R4-P3G05 , G5R4-P4A07 , or G5R4-P4B01.VH

[0310] The ABP specific for B*35:01_ EVDPIGHVY may comprise a VH sequence. The VH sequence may be selected fromQVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYDINWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIINPRSG STKYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDGVRYYGMDVWG QGTTVTVSSAS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGYTFTSHDINWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNPN SGDTGYAQKFQGRVTITADESTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGVRGYDRSAGYW GQGTLVIVSSAS,EVQLLESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFSFSSYWMSWVRQAPGKGLEWISYISGDSGY TNYADSVKGRFTISRDDSKNTLYLQMNSLKTEDTAVYYCASHDYGDYGEYFQHWG QGTLVTVSSAS,EVQLLQSGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNSDMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVAYISSGSS TIYYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARVSWYCSSTSCGVNW FDPWGQGTLVTVSSAS,EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNSDMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVASISSSGG YINYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAKVNWNDGPYFDYWG QGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGGTFSNFGVSWLRQAPGQGLEWMGGIIPILG TANYAQKFQGRVTITADESTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCATPTNSGYYGPYYYYG MDVWGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYNMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPN SGGTNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDVMDVWGQGTT VTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSGYLVSWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPNS GGTNTAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCAREGYGMDVWGQG TTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYIFRNYPMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPD SGGTKYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDNGVGVDYWG QGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNP NIGNTGYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGIADSGSYYGN GRDYYYGMDVWGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSSYGISWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPNS GVTKYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGDYYFDYWGQGT LVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYDINWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPNS GDTKYSQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDGTRYYGMDVW GQGTTVTVSS,EVQLLESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSDYYMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVSYISSSSSY TNYADSVKGRFTISRDDSKNTLYLQMNSLKTEDTAVYYCARDVVANFDYWGQGTL VTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSSYAISWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNPD SGSTGYAQRFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGHSSGWYYYYG MDVWGQGTTVTVSS,EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFTSYSMHWVRQAPGKGLEWVSSITSFTNT MYYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAKDLGSYGGYYWGQG TLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTNYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIINPSG GSTSYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARSWFGGFNYHYYG MDVWGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNP NSGNTGYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARELPIGYGMDV WGQGTTVTVSS, andQVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGGTFSSYAISWVRQAPGQGLEWMGGIIPIVGT ANYAQKFQGRVTITADESTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGGSYYYYGMDVWGQ GTTVTVSS.VL

[0311] The ABP specific for B*35:01_ EVDPIGHVY may comprise a VL sequence. The VL sequence may be selected fromDIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLLHSNGYNYLDWYLQKPGQSPQLLIYLGSYRASGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCMQGLQTPITFGQGTRLEIK, DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLLHSNGYNYLDWYLQKPGQSPQLLIYLGSSR ASGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCMQALQTPPTFGPGTKVDIK, DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCQASQDISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQAISFPLTFGQSTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYSASTLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQANSFPLTFGGGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQANSFPLTFGGGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSIPLTFGGGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYYASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQTYMMPYTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYGASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYITPWTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYITPYTFGQGTKLEIK,DIVMTQSPDSLAVSLGERATINCKTSQSVLYRPNNENYLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLIYQA SIREPGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQAEDVAVYYCQQYYTTPYTFGQGTKLEIK, DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISRFLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYGASRPQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGQGTKVEIK,DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLLHSNGYNYLDWYLQKPGQSPQLLIYLGSH RASGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCMQALQTPLTFGGGTKVEIK, EIVMTQSPATLSVSPGERATLSCRASQSVSSNLAWYQQKPGQAPRLLIYAASARASGI PARFSGSGSGTEFTLTISSLQSEDFAVYYCQQYGSWPRTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYGASRLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPVTFGQGTKVEIK,DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLLHSNGYNYLDWYLQKPGQSPQLLIYLGSN RASGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCMQALQTPYTFGQGTKVEIK, DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCQASEDISNHLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDALSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQANSFPFTFGPGTKVDIK,DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLLHSNGYNYLDWYLQKPGQSPQLLIYLGSN RASGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCMQALQTPLTFGQGTKVEIK, andDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGGGTKVEIK.VH-VL combinations

[0312] The ABP specific for B*35:01_ EVDPIGHVY may comprise a particular VH sequence and a particular VL sequence. In some embodiments, the ABP specific for B*35:01_ EVDPIGHVY comprises a VH sequence and VL sequence from the scFv designated G5_P7_E7, G5_P7_B3, G5_P7_A5, G5_P7_F6, G5-P1B12, G5-P1C12, G5-P1- E05, G5-P3G01, G5-P3G08, G5-P4B02, G5-P4E04, G5R4-P1D06 , G5R4-P1H11 , G5R4- P2B10 , G5R4-P2H8 , G5R4-P3G05 , G5R4-P4A07 , and G5R4-P4B01. The VH and VL sequences of identified scFvs that specifically bind B*35:01_ EVDPIGHVY are shown in Table 4. For clarity, each identified scFv hit is designated a clone name, and each row contains the VH and VL sequences for that particular clone name. For example, the scFv identified by clone name G5_P7_E7 comprises the VH sequenceQVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYDINWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIINPRSG STKYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDGVRYYGMDVWG QGTTVTVSSAS and the VL sequenceDIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLLHSNGYNYLDWYLQKPGQSPQLLIYLGSY RASGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCMQGLQTPITFGQGTRLEIK. Antibodies specific for A*02:01 _ AIFPGAVPAA (HLA-PEPTIDE target“G8”)

[0313] In some aspects, provided herein are ABPs comprising antibodies or antigen- binding fragments thereof that specifically bind an HLA-PEPTIDE target, wherein the HLA Class I molecule of the HLA-PEPTIDE target is HLA subtype A*02:01 and the HLA- restricted peptide of the HLA-PEPTIDE target comprises, consists of, or essentially consists of the sequence AIFPGAVPAA (“G8”).CDRs

[0314] The ABP specific for A*02:01_ AIFPGAVPAA may comprise one or more antibody complementarity determining region (CDR) sequences, e.g., may comprise three heavy chain CDRs (CDR-H1, CDR-H2, CDR-H3) and three light chain CDRs (CDR-L1, CDR-L2, CDR-L3).

[0315] The ABP specific for A*02:01_ AIFPGAVPAA may comprise a CDR-H3 sequence. The CDR-H3 sequence may be selected from CARDDYGDYVAYFQHW, CARDLSYYYGMDVW, CARVYDFWSVLSGFDIW, CARVEQGYDIYYYYYMDVW, CARSYDYGDYLNFDYW, CARASGSGYYYYYGMDVW, CAASTWIQPFDYW,CASNGNYYGSGSYYNYW, CARAVYYDFWSGPFDYW, CAKGGIYYGSGSYPSW, CARGLYYMDVW, CARGLYGDYFLYYGMDVW, CARGLLGFGEFLTYGMDVW, CARDRDSSWTYYYYGMDVW, CARGLYGDYFLYYGMDVW,CARGDYYDSSGYYFPVYFDYW, and CAKDPFWSGHYYYYGMDVW.

[0316] The ABP specific for A*02:01_ AIFPGAVPAA may comprise a CDR-L3 sequence. The CDR-L3 sequence may be selected from CQQNYNSVTF, CQQSYNTPWTF, CGQSYSTPPTF, CQQSYSAPYTF, CQQSYSIPPTF, CQQSYSAPYTF, CQQHNSYPPTF, CQQYSTYPITI, CQQANSFPWTF, CQQSHSTPQTF, CQQSYSTPLTF, CQQSYSTPLTF, CQQTYSTPWTF, CQQYGSSPYTF, CQQSHSTPLTF, CQQANGFPLTF, andCQQSYSTPLTF.

[0317] The ABP specific for A*02:01_ AIFPGAVPAA may comprise a particular heavy chain CDR3 (CDR-H3) sequence and a particular light chain CDR3 (CDR-L3) sequence. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises the CDR-H3 and the CDR-L3 from the scFv designated G8-P1A03, G8-P1A04, G8-P1A06, G8-P1B03, G8-P1C11, G8-P1D02, G8- P1H08, G8-P2B05, G8-P2E06, R3G8-P2C10, R3G8-P2E04, R3G8-P4F05, R3G8-P5C03, R3G8-P5F02, R3G8-P5G08, G8-P1C01, or G8-P2C11. CDR sequences of identified scFvs that specifically bind A*02:01_ AIFPGAVPAA are shown in Table 7. For clarity, each identified scFv hit is designated a clone name, and each row contains the CDR sequences for that particular clone name. For example, the scFv identified by clone name G8-P1A03 comprises the heavy chain CDR3 sequence CARDDYGDYVAYFQHW and the light chain CDR3 sequence CQQNYNSVTF.

[0318] The ABP specific for A*02:01_ AIFPGAVPAA may comprise all six CDRs from the scFv designated G8-P1A03, G8-P1A04, G8-P1A06, G8-P1B03, G8-P1C11, G8-P1D02, G8-P1H08, G8-P2B05, G8-P2E06, R3G8-P2C10, R3G8-P2E04, R3G8-P4F05, R3G8- P5C03, R3G8-P5F02, R3G8-P5G08, G8-P1C01, or G8-P2C11.VH

[0319] The ABP specific for A*02:01_ AIFPGAVPAA may comprise a VH sequence. The VH sequence may be selected fromQVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSRSAITWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPNS GATNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDDYGDYVAYFQH WGQGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYPFIGQYLHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIINPSGD SATYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDLSYYYGMDVWGQ GTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTNYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNP IGGGTGYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARVYDFWSVLSGF DIWGQGTLVTVSS,EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSDYYMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVSGINWNG GSTGYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARVEQGYDIYYYYY MDVWGKGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTLSSYPINWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWISTYS GHADYAQKLQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARSYDYGDYLNFDY WGQGTLVTVSS,EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYWMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVSSISGRGD NTYYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARASGSGYYYYYGMD VWGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFGNYFMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMVNP SGGSETFAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCAASTWIQPFDYWG QGTLVTVSS,EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFDFSIYSMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVSAISGSGGS TYYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCASNGNYYGSGSYYNYW GQGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTLTTYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPN SGGTNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARAVYYDFWSGPF DYWGQGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPY SGGTNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCAKGGIYYGSGSYPS WGQGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGGTFSSYGVSWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWISPYS GNTDYAQKFQGRVTITADESTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGLYYMDVWGKGT TVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFSNMYLHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPN TGDTNYAQTFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGLYGDYFLYYG MDVWGQGTKVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNP NSGNTGYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGLLGFGEFLTY GMDVWGQGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYIHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGVINPSGGSTTYAQKLQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDRDSSWTYYYYG MDVWGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSNYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNP NSGNTGYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGLYGDYFLYY GMDVWGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSSHAISWVRQAPGQGLEWMGVIIPSGG TSYTQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGDYYDSSGYYFPVYF DYWGQGTLVTVSS, andQVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYAMNWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPN SGGTNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDPFWSGHYYYY GMDVWGQGTTVTVSS.VL

[0320] The ABP specific for A*02:01_ AIFPGAVPAA may comprise a VL sequence. The VL sequence may be selected fromDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSITSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASNLETGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQNYNSVTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCWASQGISSYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYNTPWTFGPGTKVDIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQAISNSLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCGQSYSTPPTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYKASSLESGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSAPYTFGPGTKVDIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCQASQDISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSIPPTFGGGTKVDIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCQASQDISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSAPYTFGGGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGINSYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASNLETG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQHNSYPPTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISRWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQYSTYPITIGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNSLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQANSFPWTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQDVSTWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSHSTPQTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASNLETGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGGGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGGGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQTYSTPWTFGQGTKLEIK,EIVMTQSPATLSVSPGERATLSCRASQSVGNSLAWYQQKPGQAPRLLIYGASTRATGI PARFSGSGSGTEFTLTISSLQSEDFAVYYCQQYGSSPYTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISGYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSHSTPLTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQNIYTYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASNLETG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQANGFPLTFGGGTKVEIK, andDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGGGTKVEIK.VH-VL combinations

[0321] The ABP specific for A*02:01_ AIFPGAVPAA may comprise a particular VH sequence and a particular VL sequence. In some embodiments, the ABP specific for A*02:01_ AIFPGAVPAA comprises a VH sequence and VL sequence from the scFv designated G8-P1A03, G8-P1A04, G8-P1A06, G8-P1B03, G8-P1C11, G8-P1D02, G8- P1H08, G8-P2B05, G8-P2E06, R3G8-P2C10, R3G8-P2E04, R3G8-P4F05, R3G8-P5C03, R3G8-P5F02, R3G8-P5G08, G8-P1C01, or G8-P2C11. The VH and VL sequences of identified scFvs that specifically bind A*02:01_ AIFPGAVPAA are shown in Table 6. For clarity, each identified scFv hit is designated a clone name, and each row contains the VH and VL sequences for that particular clone name. For example, the scFv identified by clone name G8-P1A03 comprises the VH sequenceQVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSRSAITWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPNS GATNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDDYGDYVAYFQH WGQGTLVTVSS and the VL sequenceDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSITSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASNLETGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQNYNSVTFGQGTKLEIK.Antibodies specific for _ ASSLPTTMNY (HLA-PEPTIDE target“G10”)

[0322] In some aspects, provided herein are ABPs comprising antibodies or antigen- binding fragments thereof that specifically bind an HLA-PEPTIDE target, wherein the HLA Class I molecule of the HLA-PEPTIDE target is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA- restricted peptide of the HLA-PEPTIDE target comprises, consists of, or essentially consists of the sequence ASSLPTTMNY (“G10”).CDRs

[0323] The ABP specific for A*01:01_ ASSLPTTMNY may comprise one or more antibody complementarity determining region (CDR) sequences, e.g., may comprise three heavy chain CDRs (CDR-H1, CDR-H2, CDR-H3) and three light chain CDRs (CDR-L1, CDR-L2, CDR-L3).

[0324] The ABP specific for A*01:01_ ASSLPTTMNY may comprise a CDR-H3 sequence. The CDR-H3 sequence may be selected from CARDQDTIFGVVITWFDPW, CARDKVYGDGFDPW, CAREDDSMDVW, CARDSSGLDPW, CARGVGNLDYW, CARDAHQYYDFWSGYYSGTYYYGMDVW, CAREQWPSYWYFDLW,CARDRGYSYGYFDYW, CARGSGDPNYYYYYGLDVW, CARDTGDHFDYW, CARAENGMDVW, CARDPGGYMDVW, CARDGDAFDIW, CARDMGDAFDIW, CAREEDGMDVW, CARDTGDHFDYW, CARGEYSSGFFFVGWFDLW, andCARETGDDAFDIW.

[0325] The ABP specific for A*01:01_ ASSLPTTMNY may comprise a CDR-L3 sequence. The CDR-L3 sequence may be selected from CQQYFTTPYTF,CQQAEAFPYTF, CQQSYSTPITF, CQQSYIIPYTF, CHQTYSTPLTF, CQQAYSFPWTF, CQQGYSTPLTF, CQQANSFPRTF, CQQANSLPYTF, CQQSYSTPFTF, CQQSYSTPFTF, CQQSYGVPTF, CQQSYSTPLTF, CQQSYSTPLTF, CQQYYSYPWTF, CQQSYSTPFTF, CMQTLKTPLSF, and CQQSYSTPLTF.

[0326] The ABP specific for A*01:01_ ASSLPTTMNY may comprise a particular heavy chain CDR3 (CDR-H3) sequence and a particular light chain CDR3 (CDR-L3) sequence. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises the CDR-H3 and the CDR-L3 from the scFv designated R3G10-P1A07, R3G10-P1B07, R3G10-P1E12, R3G10-P1F06, R3G10-P1H01, R3G10-P1H08, R3G10-P2C04, R3G10-P2G11, R3G10-P3E04, R3G10-P4A02, R3G10- P4C05, R3G10-P4D04, R3G10-P4D10, R3G10-P4E07, R3G10-P4E12, R3G10-P4G06, R3G10-P5A08, or R3G10-P5C08. CDR sequences of identified scFvs that specifically bind A*01:01_ ASSLPTTMNY are shown in Table 9. For clarity, each identified scFv hit isdesignated a clone name, and each row contains the CDR sequences for that particular clone name. For example, the scFv identified by clone name R3G10-P1A07 comprises the heavy chain CDR3 sequence CARDQDTIFGVVITWFDPW and the light chain CDR3 sequence CQQYFTTPYTF.

[0327] The ABP specific for A*01:01_ ASSLPTTMNY may comprise all six CDRs from the scFv designated R3G10-P1A07, R3G10-P1B07, R3G10-P1E12, R3G10-P1F06, R3G10-P1H01, R3G10-P1H08, R3G10-P2C04, R3G10-P2G11, R3G10-P3E04, R3G10- P4A02, R3G10-P4C05, R3G10-P4D04, R3G10-P4D10, R3G10-P4E07, R3G10-P4E12, R3G10-P4G06, R3G10-P5A08, or R3G10-P5C08.VH

[0328] The ABP specific for A*01:01_ ASSLPTTMNY may comprise a VH sequence. The VH sequence may be selected fromEVQLLESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYWMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVSGISARSG RTYYADSVKGRFTISRDDSKNTLYLQMNSLKTEDTAVYYCARDQDTIFGVVITWFDP WGQGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIIHPGG GTTSYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDKVYGDGFDPWG QGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYIFTGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMIGPS DGSTSYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCAREDDSMDVWGKG TTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFIGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMIGPS DGSTSYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDSSGLDPWGQGT LVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMIGPS DGSTSYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGVGNLDYWGQG TLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGVTFSTSAISWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWISPYN GNTDYAQMLQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDAHQYYDFWSG YYSGTYYYGMDVWGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSNSIINWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNPNS GNTNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCAREQWPSYWYFDLW GRGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSTHDINWVRQAPGQGLEWMGVINPSGGSAIYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDRGYSYGYFDYW GQGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGNTFIGYYVHWVRQAPGQGLEWVGIINPNG GSISYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGSGDPNYYYYYGL DVWGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTLSYYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMIGPS DGSTSYAQRFQGRVTMTRDTSTGTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDTGDHFDYWGQ GTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIIGPSD GSTTYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARAENGMDVWGQGT TVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYVHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIIAPSD GSTNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDPGGYMDVWGK GTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYLHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMIGPS DGSTSYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDGDAFDIWGQGT MVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGRISPSD GSTTYAPKFQGRVTITADESTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDMGDAFDIWGQGT TVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMIGPS DGSTSYAQRFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCAREEDGMDVWGQG TTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTLSYYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMIGPS DGSTSYAQRFQGRVTMTRDTSTGTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDTGDHFDYWGQ GTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGGTFNNFAISWVRQAPGQGLEWMGGIIPIFDA TNYAQKFQGRVTFTADESTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGEYSSGFFFVGWFDL WGRGTQVTVSS, andQVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYNFTGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIIAPSD GSTNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARETGDDAFDIWGQG TMVTVSS.VL

[0329] The ABP specific for A*01:01_ ASSLPTTMNY may comprise a VL sequence. The VL sequence may be selected fromDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQGG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQYFTTPYTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISRWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIFDASRLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQAEAFPYTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPITFGQGTRLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYKASSLESGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYIIPYTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCHQTYSTPLTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYSASNLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQAYSFPWTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQNISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQGYSTPLTFGQGTRLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQDISRYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASNLETGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQANSFPRTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCQASQDISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASNLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQANSLPYTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQNGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPFTFGPGTKVDIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQRISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYSASTLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPFTFGPGTKVDIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASKLETGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYGVPTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISSWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASNLETG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGGGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGGGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISTYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQYYSYPWTFGQGTRLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQNGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPFTFGPGTKVDIK,DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLLHSNGYNYLDWYLQKPGQSPQLLIYLGSN RASGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCMQTLKTPLSFGGGTKVEIK, and DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGGGTKVEIK.VH-VL combinations

[0330] The ABP specific for A*01:01_ ASSLPTTMNY may comprise a particular VH sequence and a particular VL sequence. In some embodiments, the ABP specific forA*01:01_ ASSLPTTMNY comprises a VH sequence and VL sequence from the scFvdesignated R3G10-P1A07, R3G10-P1B07, R3G10-P1E12, R3G10-P1F06, R3G10-P1H01, R3G10-P1H08, R3G10-P2C04, R3G10-P2G11, R3G10-P3E04, R3G10-P4A02, R3G10- P4C05, R3G10-P4D04, R3G10-P4D10, R3G10-P4E07, R3G10-P4E12, R3G10-P4G06,R3G10-P5A08, or R3G10-P5C08. The VH and VL sequences of identified scFvs that specifically bind A*01:01_ ASSLPTTMNY are shown in Table 8. For clarity, eachidentified scFv hit is designated a clone name, and each row contains the VH and VLsequences for that particular clone name. For example, the scFv identified by clone name R3G10-P1A07 comprises the VH sequenceEVQLLESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYWMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVSGISARSG RTYYADSVKGRFTISRDDSKNTLYLQMNSLKTEDTAVYYCARDQDTIFGVVITWFDP WGQGTLVTVSS and the VL sequenceDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQGG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQYFTTPYTFGQGTKLEIK. Receptors

[0331] Among the provided ABPs, e.g., HLA-PEPTIDE ABPs, are receptors. The receptors can include antigen receptors and other chimeric receptors that specifically bind an HLA- PEPTIDE target disclosed herein. The receptor may be a T cell receptor (TCR). The receptor may be a chimeric antigen receptor (CAR).

[0332] TCRs can be soluble or membrane-bound. Among the antigen receptors are functional non-TCR antigen receptors, such as chimeric antigen receptors (CARs). Also provided are cells expressing the receptors and uses thereof in adoptive cell therapy, such as treatment of diseases and disorders associated with HLA-PEPTIDE expression, including cancer.

[0333] Exemplary antigen receptors, including CARs, and methods for engineering and introducing such receptors into cells, include those described, for example, in international patentapplication publication numbers WO200014257, WO2013126726, WO2012 / 129514,WO2014031687, WO2013 / 166321, WO2013 / 071154, WO2013 / 123061 U.S. patent application publication numbers US2002131960, US2013287748, US20130149337, U.S. Pat. Nos.6,451,995, 7,446,190, 8,252,592, 8,339,645, 8,398,282, 7,446,179, 6,410,319, 7,070,995, 7,265,209, 7,354,762, 7,446,191, 8,324,353, and 8,479,118, and European patent application number EP2537416, and / or those described by Sadelain et al., Cancer Discov.2013 April; 3(4): 388-398; Davila et al. (2013) PLoS ONE 8(4): e61338; Turtle et al., Curr. Opin. Immunol., 2012 October; 24(5): 633-39; Wu et al., Cancer, 2012 Mar.18(2): 160-75. In some aspects, the antigen receptors include a CAR as described in U.S. Pat. No.7,446,190, and those described inInternational Patent Application Publication No.: WO / 2014055668 A1. Exemplary of the CARs include CARs as disclosed in any of the aforementioned publications, such as WO2014031687, U.S. Pat. No.8,339,645, U.S. Pat. No.7,446,179, US 2013 / 0149337, U.S. Pat. No.7,446,190, U.S. Pat. No.8,389,282, e.g., and in which the antigen-binding portion, e.g., scFv, is replaced by an antibody, e.g., as provided herein.

[0334] Among the chimeric receptors are chimeric antigen receptors (CARs). The chimeric receptors, such as CARs, generally include an extracellular antigen binding domain that includes, is, or is comprised within, one of the provided anti-HLA-PEPTIDE ABPs such as anti-HLA- PEPTIDE antibodies. Thus, the chimeric receptors, e.g., CARs, typically include in their extracellular portions one or more HLA-PEPTIDE-ABPs, such as one or more antigen-binding fragment, domain, or portion, or one or more antibody variable domains, and / or antibody molecules, such as those described herein. In some embodiments, the CAR includes a HLA- PEPTIDE-binding portion or portions of the ABP (e.g., antibody) molecule, such as a variable heavy (VH) chain region and / or variable light (VL) chain region of the antibody, e.g., an scFv antibody fragment.TCRs

[0335] In an aspect, the ABPs provided herein, e.g., ABPs that specifically bind HLA- PEPTIDE targets disclosed herein, include T cell receptors (TCRs). The TCRs may be isolated and purified.

[0336] In a majority of T-cells, the TCR is a heterodimer polypeptide having an alpha (α) chain and beta- (β) chain, encoded by TRA and TRB, respectively. The alpha chain generally comprises an alpha variable region, encoded by TRAV, an alpha joining region, encoded by TRAJ, and an alpha constant region, encoded by TRAC. The beta chain generally comprises a beta variable region, encoded by TRBV, a beta diversity region, encoded by TRBD, a beta joining region, encoded by TRBJ, and a beta constant region, encoded by TRBC. The TCR-alpha chain is generated by VJ recombination, and the beta chain receptor is generated by V(D)J recombination. Additional TCR diversity stems from junctional diversity. Several bases may be deleted and others added (called N and P nucleotides) at each of the junctions. In a minority of T- cells, the TCRs include gamma and delta chains. The TCR gamma chain is generated by VJ recombination, and the TCR delta chain is generated by V(D)J recombination (Kenneth Murphy, Paul Travers, and Mark Walport, Janeway's Immunology 7th edition, Garland Science, 2007, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). The antigen binding site of a TCR generally comprises six complementarity determining regions (CDRs). The alpha chain contributes three CDRs, alpha CDR1, alpha CDR2, and αCDR3. The beta chain also contributes three CDR: beta CDR1, beta CDR2, and βCDR3. The αCDR3 and βCDR3 are the regions most affected by V(D)J recombination and account for most of the variation in a TCR repertoire.

[0337] TCRs can specifically recognize HLA-PEPTIDE targets, such as an HLA-PEPTIDE target disclosed in Table A; thus TCRs can be ABPs that specifically bind to HLA-PEPTIDE. TCRs can be soluble, e.g., similar to an antibody secreted by a B cell. TCRs can also be membrane-bound, e.g., on a cell such as a T cell or natural killer (NK) cell. Thus, TCRs can be used in a context that corresponds to soluble antibodies and / or membrane-bound CARs.

[0338] Any of the TCRs disclosed herein may comprise an alpha variable region, an alpha joining region, optionally an alpha constant region, a beta variable region, optionally a beta diversity region, a beta joining region, and optionally a beta constant region.

[0339] In some embodiments, the TCR or CAR is a recombinant TCR or CAR. The recombinant TCR or CAR may include any of the TCRs identified herein but include one or more modifications. Exemplary modifications, e.g., amino acid substitutions, are described herein. Amino acid substitutions described herein may be made with reference to IMGT nomenclature and amino acid numbering as found at www.imgt.org.

[0340] The recombinant TCR or CAR may be a human TCR or CAR, comprising fully human sequences, e.g., natural human sequences. The recombinant TCR or CAR may retain its natural human variable domain sequences but contain modifications to the α constant region, β constant region, or both α and β constant regions. Such modifications to the TCR constant regions may improve TCR assembly and expression for TCR gene therapy by, e.g., driving preferential pairings of the exogenous TCR chains.

[0341] In some embodiments, the α and β constant regions are modified by substituting the entire human constant region sequences for mouse constant region sequences. Such “murinized” TCRs and methods of making them are described in Cancer Res.2006 Sep1;66(17):8878-86, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0342] In some embodiments, the α and β constant regions are modified by making one or more amino acid substitutions in the human TCR α constant (TRAC) region, the TCR β constant (TRBC) region, or the TRAC and TRAB regions, which swap particular human residues for murine residues (human ^ murine amino acid exchange). The one or more amino acid substitutions in the TRAC region may include a Ser substitution at residue 90, an Asp substitution at residue 91, a Val substitution at residue 92, a Pro substitution at residue 93, or any combination thereof. The one or more amino acid substitutions in the human TRBC region may include a Lys substitution at residue 18, an Ala substitution at residue 22, an Ile substitution at residue 133, a His substitution at residue 139, or any combination of the above. Such targeted amino acid substitutions are described in J Immunol June 1, 2010, 184 (11) 6223-6231, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0343] In some embodiments, the human TRAC contains an Asp substitution at residue 210 and the human TRBC contains a Lys substitution at residue 134. Such substitutions may promote the formation of a salt bridge between the alpha and beta chains and formation of the TCR interchain disulfide bond. These targeted substitutions are described in J Immunol June 1, 2010, 184 (11) 6232-6241, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0344] In some embodiments, the human TRAC and human TRBC regions are modified to contain introduced cysteines which may improve preferential pairing of the exogenous TCR chains through formation of an additional disulfide bond. For example, the human TRAC may contain a Cys substitution at residue 48 and the human TRBC may contain a Cys substitution at residue 57, described in Cancer Res.2007 Apr 15;67(8):3898-903 and Blood. 2007 Mar 15;109(6):2331-8, which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.

[0345] The recombinant TCR or CAR may comprise other modifications to the α and β chains.

[0346] In some embodiments, the α and β chains are modified by linking the extracellular domains of the α and β chains to a complete human CD3ζ (CD3-zeta) molecule. Such modifications are described in J Immunol June 1, 2008, 180 (11) 7736-7746; Gene Ther. 2000 Aug;7(16):1369-77; and The Open Gene Therapy Journal, 2011, 4: 11-22, which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.

[0347] In some embodiments, the α chain is modified by introducing hydrophobic amino acid substitutions in the transmembrane region of the α chain, as described in J Immunol June 1, 2012, 188 (11) 5538-5546; hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.

[0348] The alpha or beta chain may be modified by altering any one of the N- glycosylation sites in the amino acid sequence, as described in J Exp Med.2009 Feb 16; 206(2): 463–475; hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0349] The alpha and beta chain may each comprise a dimerization domain, e.g., a heterologous dimerization domain. Such a heterologous domain may be a leucine zipper, a 5H3 domain or hydrophobic proline rich counter domains, or other similar modalities, as known in the art. In one example, the alpha and beta chains may be modified by introducing 30mer segments to the carboxyl termini of the alpha and beta extracellular domains, wherein the segments selectively associate to form a stable leucine zipper. Such modifications are described in PNAS November 22, 1994.91 (24) 11408-11412;https: / / doi.org / 10.1073 / pnas.91.24.11408; hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0350] TCRs identified herein may be modified to include mutations that result in increased affinity or half-life, such as those described in WO2012 / 013913, herebyincorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0351] The recombinant TCR or CAR may be a single chain TCR (scTCR). Such scTCR may comprise an α chain variable region sequence fused to the N terminus of a TCR α chain constant region extracellular sequence, a TCR β chain variable region fused to the N terminus of a TCR β chain constant region extracellular sequence, and a linker sequence linking the C terminus of the α segment to the N terminus of the β segment, or vice versa. In some embodiments, the constant region extracellular sequences of the α and β segments of the scTCR are linked by a disulfide bond. In some embodiments, the length of the linker sequence and the position of the disulfide bond being such that the variable region sequences of the α and β segments are mutually orientated substantially as in native αβ T cell receptors. Exemplary scTCRs are described in U.S. Patent No.7,569,664, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0352] In some cases, the variable regions of the scTCR may be covalently joined by a short peptide linker, such as described in Gene Therapy volume 7, pages 1369–1377 (2000). The short peptide linker may be a serine rich or glycine rich linker. For example, the linker may be (Gly4Ser)3, as described in Cancer Gene Therapy (2004) 11, 487–496, incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0353] The recombinant TCR or antigen binding fragment thereof may be expressed as a fusion protein. For instance, the TCR or antigen binding fragment thereof may be fused with a toxin. Such fusion proteins are described in Cancer Res.2002 Mar 15;62(6):1757-60. TheTCR or antigen binding fragment thereof may be fused with an antibody Fc region. Such fusion proteins are described in J Immunol May 1, 2017, 198 (1 Supplement) 120.9.

[0354] In some embodiments, the recombinant receptor such as a TCR or CAR, such as the antibody portion thereof, further includes a spacer, which may be or include at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region or variant or modified version thereof, such as a hinge region, e.g., an IgG4 hinge region, and / or a CH1 / CL and / or Fc region. In some embodiments, the constant region or portion is of a human IgG, such as IgG4 or IgG1. In some aspects, the portion of the constant region serves as a spacer region between the antigen-recognition component, e.g., scFv, and transmembrane domain. The spacer can be of a length that provides for increased responsiveness of the cell following antigen binding, as compared to in the absence of the spacer. In some examples, the spacer is at or about 12 amino acids in length or is no more than 12 amino acids in length. Exemplary spacers include those having at least about 10 to 229 amino acids, about 10 to 200 amino acids, about 10 to 175 amino acids, about 10 to 150 amino acids, about 10 to 125 amino acids, about 10 to 100 amino acids, about 10 to 75 amino acids, about 10 to 50 amino acids, about 10 to 40 amino acids, about 10 to 30 amino acids, about 10 to 20 amino acids, or about 10 to 15 amino acids, and including any integer between the endpoints of any of the listed ranges. In some embodiments, a spacer region has about 12 amino acids or less, about 119 amino acids or less, or about 229 amino acids or less. Exemplary spacers include IgG4 hinge alone, IgG4 hinge linked to CH2 and CH3 domains, or IgG4 hinge linked to the CH3 domain. Exemplary spacers include, but are not limited to, those described in Hudecek et al. (2013) Clin. Cancer Res., 19:3153 or international patent application publication number WO2014031687. In some embodiments, the constant region or portion is of IgD.

[0355] The antigen recognition domain of a receptor such as a TCR or CAR can be linked to one or more intracellular signaling components, such as signaling components that mimic activation through an antigen receptor complex, such as a TCR complex, in the case of a CAR, and / or signal via another cell surface receptor. Thus, in some embodiments, the HLA-PEPTIDE- specific binding component (e.g., ABP such as antibody or TCR) is linked to one or more transmembrane and intracellular signaling domains. In some embodiments, the transmembrane domain is fused to the extracellular domain. In one embodiment, a transmembrane domain that naturally is associated with one of the domains in the receptor, e.g., CAR, is used. In some instances, the transmembrane domain is selected or modified by amino acid substitution to avoid binding of such domains to the transmembrane domains of the same or different surface membrane proteins to minimize interactions with other members of the receptor complex.

[0356] The transmembrane domain in some embodiments is derived either from a natural or from a synthetic source. Where the source is natural, the domain in some aspects is derived from any membrane-bound or transmembrane protein. Transmembrane regions include those derived from (i.e. comprise at least the transmembrane region(s) of) the alpha, beta or zeta chain of the T- cell receptor, CD28, CD3 epsilon, CD45, CD4, CD5, CDS, CD9, CD 16, CD22, CD33, CD37, CD64, CD80, CD86, CD 134, CD137, and / or CD 154. Alternatively the transmembrane domain in some embodiments is synthetic. In some aspects, the synthetic transmembrane domain comprises predominantly hydrophobic residues such as leucine and valine. In some aspects, a triplet of phenylalanine, tryptophan and valine will be found at each end of a synthetic transmembrane domain. In some embodiments, the linkage is by linkers, spacers, and / or transmembrane domain(s).

[0357] Among the intracellular signaling domains are those that mimic or approximate a signal through a natural antigen receptor, a signal through such a receptor in combination with a costimulatory receptor, and / or a signal through a costimulatory receptor alone. In some embodiments, a short oligo- or polypeptide linker, for example, a linker of between 2 and 10 amino acids in length, such as one containing glycines and serines, e.g., glycine-serine doublet, is present and forms a linkage between the transmembrane domain and the cytoplasmic signaling domain of the receptor.

[0358] The receptor, e.g., the TCR or CAR, can include at least one intracellular signaling component or components. In some embodiments, the receptor includes an intracellular component of a TCR complex, such as a TCR CD3 chain that mediates T-cell activation and cytotoxicity, e.g., CD3 zeta chain. Thus, in some aspects, the HLA-PEPTIDE-binding ABP (e.g., antibody) is linked to one or more cell signaling modules. In some embodiments, cell signaling modules include CD3 transmembrane domain, CD3 intracellular signaling domains, and / or other CD transmembrane domains. In some embodiments, the receptor, e.g., CAR, further includes a portion of one or more additional molecules such as Fc receptor-gamma, CD8, CD4, CD25, or CD16. For example, in some aspects, the CAR includes a chimeric molecule between CD3-zeta or Fc receptor-gamma and CD8, CD4, CD25 or CD16.

[0359] In some embodiments, upon ligation of the TCR or CAR, the cytoplasmic domain or intracellular signaling domain of the receptor activates at least one of the normal effector functions or responses of the immune cell, e.g., T cell engineered to express the receptor. For example, in some contexts, the receptor induces a function of a T cell such as cytolytic activity or T-helper activity, such as secretion of cytokines or other factors. In some embodiments, a truncated portion of an intracellular signaling domain of an antigen receptor component orcostimulatory molecule is used in place of an intact immunostimulatory chain, for example, if it transduces the effector function signal. In some embodiments, the intracellular signaling domain or domains include the cytoplasmic sequences of the T cell receptor (TCR), and in some aspects also those of co-receptors that in the natural context act in concert with such receptor to initiate signal transduction following antigen receptor engagement, and / or any derivative or variant of such molecules, and / or any synthetic sequence that has the same functional capability.

[0360] In the context of a natural TCR, full activation generally requires not only signaling through the TCR, but also a costimulatory signal. Thus, in some embodiments, to promote full activation, a component for generating secondary or co-stimulatory signal is also included in the receptor. In other embodiments, the receptor does not include a component for generating a costimulatory signal. In some aspects, an additional receptor is expressed in the same cell and provides the component for generating the secondary or costimulatory signal.

[0361] T cell activation is in some aspects described as being mediated by two classes of cytoplasmic signaling sequences: those that initiate antigen-dependent primary activation through the TCR (primary cytoplasmic signaling sequences), and those that act in an antigen- independent manner to provide a secondary or co-stimulatory signal (secondary cytoplasmic signaling sequences). In some aspects, the receptor includes one or both of such signaling components.

[0362] In some aspects, the receptor includes a primary cytoplasmic signaling sequence that regulates primary activation of the TCR complex. Primary cytoplasmic signaling sequences that act in a stimulatory manner may contain signaling motifs which are known as immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motifs or ITAMs. Examples of ITAM containing primary cytoplasmic signaling sequences include those derived from TCR or CD3 zeta, FcR gamma, FcR beta, CD3 gamma, CD3 delta, CD3 epsilon, CDS, CD22, CD79a, CD79b, and CD66d. In someembodiments, cytoplasmic signaling molecule(s) in the CAR contain(s) a cytoplasmic signaling domain, portion thereof, or sequence derived from CD3 zeta.

[0363] In some embodiments, the receptor includes a signaling domain and / ortransmembrane portion of a costimulatory receptor, such as CD28, 4-1BB, OX40, DAP10, and ICOS. In some aspects, the same receptor includes both the activating and costimulatory components.

[0364] In some embodiments, the activating domain is included within one receptor, whereas the costimulatory component is provided by another receptor recognizing another antigen. In some embodiments, the receptors include activating or stimulatory receptors, and costimulatory receptors, both expressed on the same cell (see WO2014 / 055668). In some aspects, the HLA-PEPTIDE-targeting receptor is the stimulatory or activating receptor; in other aspects, it is the costimulatory receptor. In some embodiments, the cells further include inhibitory receptors (e.g., iCARs, see Fedorov et al., Sci. Transl. Medicine, 5(215) (December, 2013), such as a receptor recognizing an antigen other than HLA-PEPTIDE, whereby an activating signal delivered through the HLA-PEPTIDE-targeting receptor is diminished or inhibited by binding of the inhibitory receptor to its ligand, e.g., to reduce off-target effects.

[0365] In certain embodiments, the intracellular signaling domain comprises a CD28 transmembrane and signaling domain linked to a CD3 (e.g., CD3-zeta) intracellular domain. In some embodiments, the intracellular signaling domain comprises a chimeric CD28 and CD137 (4-1BB, TNFRSF9) co-stimulatory domains, linked to a CD3 zeta intracellular domain.

[0366] In some embodiments, the receptor encompasses one or more, e.g., two or more, costimulatory domains and an activation domain, e.g., primary activation domain, in the cytoplasmic portion. Exemplary receptors include intracellular components of CD3-zeta, CD28, and 4-1BB.

[0367] In some embodiments, the CAR or other antigen receptor such as a TCR further includes a marker, such as a cell surface marker, which may be used to confirm transduction or engineering of the cell to express the receptor, such as a truncated version of a cell surface receptor, such as truncated EGFR (tEGFR). In some aspects, the marker includes all or part (e.g., truncated form) of CD34, a nerve growth factor receptor (NGFR), or epidermal growth factor receptor (e.g., tEGFR). In some embodiments, the nucleic acid encoding the marker is operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding for a linker sequence, such as a cleavable linker sequence or a ribosomal skip sequence, e.g., T2A. See WO2014031687. In some embodiments, introduction of a construct encoding the CAR and EGFRt separated by a T2A ribosome switch can express two proteins from the same construct, such that the EGFRt can be used as a marker to detect cells expressing such construct. In some embodiments, a marker, and optionally a linker sequence, can be any as disclosed in published patent application No. WO2014031687. For example, the marker can be a truncated EGFR (tEGFR) that is, optionally, linked to a linker sequence, such as a T2A ribosomal skip sequence.

[0368] In some embodiments, the marker is a molecule, e.g., cell surface protein, not naturally found on T cells or not naturally found on the surface of T cells, or a portion thereof.

[0369] In some embodiments, the molecule is a non-self molecule, e.g., non-self protein, i.e., one that is not recognized as "self" by the immune system of the host into which the cells will be adoptively transferred.

[0370] In some embodiments, the marker serves no therapeutic function and / or produces no effect other than to be used as a marker for genetic engineering, e.g., for selecting cells successfully engineered. In other embodiments, the marker may be a therapeutic molecule or molecule otherwise exerting some desired effect, such as a ligand for a cell to be encountered in vivo, such as a costimulatory or immune checkpoint molecule to enhance and / or dampen responses of the cells upon adoptive transfer and encounter with ligand.

[0371] The TCR or CAR may comprise one or modified synthetic amino acids in place of one or more naturally-occurring amino acids. Exemplary modified amino acids include, but are not limited to, aminocyclohexane carboxylic acid, norleucine, α-amino n-decanoic acid, homoserine, S-acetylaminomethylcysteine, trans-3- and trans-4-hydroxyproline, 4- aminophenylalanine, 4- nitrophenylalanine, 4-chlorophenylalanine, 4-carboxyphenylalanine, (3- phenylserine (3-hydroxyphenylalanine, phenylglycine, α-naphthylalanine, cyclohexylalanine, cyclohexylglycine, indoline-2-carboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid, aminomalonic acid, aminomalonic acid monoamide, N' -benzyl-N'-methyl-lysine, N',N' - dibenzyl-lysine, 6- hydroxylysine, ornithine, α-aminocyclopentane carboxylic acid, α- aminocyclohexane carboxylic acid, α-aminocycloheptane carboxylic acid, α-(2-amino-2- norbomane )-carboxylic acid, α,γ -diaminobutyric acid, α,γ -diaminopropionic acid,homophenylalanine, and α-tertbutylglycine.

[0372] In some cases, CARs are referred to as first, second, and / or third generation CARs. In some aspects, a first generation CAR is one that solely provides a CD3-chain induced signal upon antigen binding; in some aspects, a second-generation CARs is one that provides such a signal and costimulatory signal, such as one including an intracellular signaling domain from a costimulatory receptor such as CD28 or CD137; in some aspects, a third generation CAR in some aspects is one that includes multiple costimulatory domains of different costimulatory receptors.

[0373] In some embodiments, the chimeric antigen receptor includes an extracellular portion containing an antibody or fragment described herein. In some aspects, the chimeric antigen receptor includes an extracellular portion containing an antibody or fragment described herein and an intracellular signaling domain. In some embodiments, an antibody or fragment includes an scFv or a single-domain VH antibody and the intracellular domain contains an ITAM. In some aspects, the intracellular signaling domain includes a signaling domain of a zeta chain of a CD3- zeta (CD3) chain. In some embodiments, the chimeric antigen receptor includes atransmembrane domain linking the extracellular domain and the intracellular signaling domain.

[0374] In some aspects, the transmembrane domain contains a transmembrane portion of CD28. The extracellular domain and transmembrane can be linked directly or indirectly. In some embodiments, the extracellular domain and transmembrane are linked by a spacer, such as any described herein. In some embodiments, the chimeric antigen receptor contains an intracellular domain of a T cell costimulatory molecule, such as between the transmembrane domain and intracellular signaling domain. In some aspects, the T cell costimulatory molecule is CD28 or 41BB.

[0375] In some embodiments, the CAR contains an antibody, e.g., an antibody fragment, a transmembrane domain that is or contains a transmembrane portion of CD28 or a functional variant thereof, and an intracellular signaling domain containing a signaling portion of CD28 or functional variant thereof and a signaling portion of CD3 zeta or functional variant thereof. In some embodiments, the CAR contains an antibody, e.g., antibody fragment, a transmembrane domain that is or contains a transmembrane portion of CD28 or a functional variant thereof, and an intracellular signaling domain containing a signaling portion of a 4-1BB or functional variant thereof and a signaling portion of CD3 zeta or functional variant thereof. In some such embodiments, the receptor further includes a spacer containing a portion of an Ig molecule, such as a human Ig molecule, such as an Ig hinge, e.g. an IgG4 hinge, such as a hinge-only spacer.

[0376] In some embodiments, the transmembrane domain of the receptor, e.g., the CAR, is a transmembrane domain of human CD28 or variant thereof, e.g., a 27-amino acid transmembrane domain of a human CD28 (Accession No.: P10747.1).

[0377] In some embodiments, the chimeric antigen receptor contains an intracellular domain of a T cell costimulatory molecule. In some aspects, the T cell costimulatory molecule is CD28 or 41BB.

[0378] In some embodiments, the intracellular signaling domain comprises an intracellular costimulatory signaling domain of human CD28 or functional variant or portion thereof, such as a 41 amino acid domain thereof and / or such a domain with an LL to GG substitution at positions 186-187 of a native CD28 protein. In some embodiments, the intracellular domain comprises an intracellular costimulatory signaling domain of 41BB or functional variant or portion thereof, such as a 42-amino acid cytoplasmic domain of a human 4-1BB (Accession No. Q07011.1) or functional variant or portion thereof.

[0379] In some embodiments, the intracellular signaling domain comprises a human CD3 zeta stimulatory signaling domain or functional variant thereof, such as a 112 AA cytoplasmic domain of isoform 3 of human CD3.zeta. (Accession No.: P20963.2) or a CD3 zeta signaling domain as described in U.S. Pat. No.7,446,190 or U.S. Pat. No.8,911,993.

[0380] In some aspects, the spacer contains only a hinge region of an IgG, such as only a hinge of IgG4 or IgG1. In other embodiments, the spacer is an Ig hinge, e.g., and IgG4 hinge, linked to a CH2 and / or CH3 domains. In some embodiments, the spacer is an Ig hinge, e.g., an IgG4 hinge, linked to CH2 and CH3 domains. In some embodiments, the spacer is an Ig hinge, e.g., an IgG4 hinge, linked to a CH3 domain only. In some embodiments, the spacer is or comprises a glycine-serine rich sequence or other flexible linker such as known flexible linkers.

[0381] For example, in some embodiments, the CAR includes an antibody or fragment thereof, such as any of the HLA-PEPTIDE antibodies, including single chain antibodies (sdAbs, e.g. containing only the VH region) and scFvs, described herein, a spacer such as any of the Ig- hinge containing spacers, a CD28 transmembrane domain, a CD28 intracellular signaling domain, and a CD3 zeta signaling domain. In some embodiments, the CAR includes an antibody or fragment, such as any of the HLA-PEPTIDE antibodies, including sdAbs and scFvs described herein, a spacer such as any of the Ig-hinge containing spacers, a CD28 transmembrane domain, a CD28 intracellular signaling domain, and a CD3 zeta signaling domain.Target-specific TCRs to A*01:01_ ASSLPTTMNY (SEQ ID NO: ) [G10]

[0382] In some aspects, provided herein are ABPs comprising TCRs or antigen-binding fragments thereof that specifically bind an HLA-PEPTIDE target, wherein the HLA Class I molecule of the HLA-PEPTIDE target is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide of the HLA-PEPTIDE target comprises the sequence ASSLPTTMNY (“G10”).

[0383] The TCR specific for A*01:01_ ASSLPTTMNY may comprise an αCDR3 sequence. The αCDR3 sequence may be any one of the αCDR3 sequences in Table 15.Alpha and beta CDR3 sequences of the identified TCR clonotypes are shown in Table 15.

[0384] The TCR specific for A*01:01_ ASSLPTTMNY may comprise a βCDR3sequence. The βCDR3 sequence may be any one of the βCDR3 sequences in Table 15

[0385] The TCR specific for A*01:01_ ASSLPTTMNY may comprise a particular αCDR3 sequence and a particular βCDR3 sequence. For example, the TCR specific for A*01:01_ ASSLPTTMNY may comprise the αCDR3 sequence and βCDR3 sequence from any one of TCRs identified in Table 15. For clarity, each identified TCR was assigned a TCR ID number. For example TCR ID #1 comprises the αCDR3 sequenceCAGPGNTGKLIF and the βCDR3 sequence CASSNAGDQPQHF.

[0386] The TCR specific for A*01:01_ ASSLPTTMNY may comprise a TRAV, a TRAJ, a TRBV, optionally a TRBD, and a TRBJ amino acid sequence, optionally a TRAC sequence and optionally a TRBC sequence. For example, the TCR specific for A*01:01_ASSLPTTMNY may comprise the TRAV, TRAJ, TRBV, TRBD, TRBJ amino acid sequence, TRAC sequence and TRBC sequence from any one of the TCRs identified in Table 14. For clarity, each identified TCR was assigned a TCR ID number. For example the TCR assigned TCR ID # 1 comprises a TRAV25 sequence, a TRAJ37 sequence, a TRACsequence, a TRBV19 sequence, a TRBD1 sequence, a TRBJ1-5 sequence, and a TRBC1 sequence.

[0387] The TCR specific for A*01:01_ ASSLPTTMNY may comprise an alpha VJ sequence. The alpha VJ sequence may be any one of the alpha VJ sequences in Table 16.

[0388] The TCR specific for A*01:01_ ASSLPTTMNY may comprise a beta V(D)J sequence. The beta V(D)J sequence may be any one of the beta V(D)J sequences in Table 16.

[0389] The TCR specific for A*01:01_ ASSLPTTMNY may comprise an alpha VJ sequence and a beta V(D)J sequence. For example, the TCR specific for A*01:01_ASSLPTTMNY may comprise the alpha VJ sequence and the beta V(D)J sequence from any one of the TCRs identified in Table 16. Full length alpha V(J) and beta V(D)J sequences of the identified TCR clonotypes are shown in Table 16. For example TCR ID #1 comprises the alpha V(J) sequenceMLLITSMLVLWMQLSQVNGQQVMQIPQYQHVQEGEDFTTYCNSSTTLSNIQWYKQ RPGGHPVFLIQLVKSGEVKKQKRLTFQFGEAKKNSSLHITATQTTDVGTYFCAGPGN TGKLIFGQGTTLQVK and the beta V(D)J sequenceMSNQVLCCVVLCFLGANTVDGGITQSPKYLFRKEGQNVTLSCEQNLNHDAMYWYR QDPGQGLRLIYYSQIVNDFQKGDIAEGYSVSREKKESFPLTVTSAQKNPTAFYLCASS NAGDQPQHFGDGTRLSIL.Target-specific TCRs to A*01:01_HSEVGLPVY

[0390] In some aspects, provided herein are ABPs comprising TCRs or antigen-binding fragments thereof that specifically bind an HLA-PEPTIDE target, wherein the HLA Class I molecule of the HLA-PEPTIDE target is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide of the HLA-PEPTIDE target comprises the sequence HSEVGLPVY.

[0391] The TCR specific for A*01:01_ HSEVGLPVY may comprise an αCDR3 sequence. The αCDR3 sequence may be any one of the αCDR3 sequences in Table 18. Alpha and beta CDR3 sequences of the identified TCR clonotypes are shown in Table 18.

[0392] The TCR specific for A*01:01_ HSEVGLPVY may comprise a βCDR3 sequence. The βCDR3 sequence may be any one of the βCDR3 sequences in Table 18.

[0393] The TCR specific for A*01:01_ HSEVGLPVY may comprise a particular αCDR3 sequence and a particular βCDR3 sequence. For example, the TCR specific for A*01:01_ HSEVGLPVY may comprise the αCDR3 sequence and βCDR3 sequence from any one of TCRs identified in Table 18. For clarity, each identified TCR was assigned a TCR ID number. For example TCR ID #345 comprises the αCDR3 sequence CAANPGDYKLSF and the βCDR3 sequence CASSSNYEQYF.

[0394] The TCR specific for A*01:01_ HSEVGLPVY may comprise a TRAV, a TRAJ, a TRBV, optionally a TRBD, and a TRBJ amino acid sequence, optionally a TRAC sequence and optionally a TRBC sequence. For example, the TCR specific for A*01:01_ HSEVGLPVY may comprise the TRAV, TRAJ, TRBV, TRBD, TRBJ amino acid sequence, TRAC sequence and TRBC sequence from any one of the TCRs identified in Table 17. For clarity, each identified TCR was assigned a TCR ID number. For example, the TCR assigned TCR ID # 345 comprises a TRAV13-1 sequence, a TRAJ20 sequence, a TRAC sequence, a TRBV7-9 sequence, a TRBJ2- 7 sequence, and a TRBC2 sequence.

[0395] The TCR specific for A*01:01_ HSEVGLPVY may comprise an alpha VJ sequence. The alpha VJ sequence may be any one of the alpha VJ sequences in Table 19.

[0396] The TCR specific for A*01:01_ HSEVGLPVY may comprise a beta V(D)J sequence. The beta V(D)J sequence may be any one of the beta V(D)J sequences in Table 19.

[0397] The TCR specific for A*01:01_ HSEVGLPVY may comprise an alpha VJ sequence and a beta V(D)J sequence. For example, the TCR specific for A*01:01_ HSEVGLPVY may comprise the alpha VJ sequence and the beta V(D)J sequence from any one of the TCRs identified in Table 19. Full length alpha V(J) and beta V(D)J sequences of the identified TCR clonotypes are shown in Table 19. For example TCR ID #345 comprises the alpha V(J) sequenceMTSIRAVFIFLWLQLDLVNGENVEQHPSTLSVQEGDSAVIKCTYSDSASNYFPWYKQEL GKGPQLIIDIRSNVGEKKDQRIAVTLNKTAKHFSLHITETQPEDSAVYFCAANPGDYKLS FGAGTTVTVR and the beta V(D)J sequenceMGTSLLCWMALCLLGADHADTGVSQNPRHKITKRGQNVTFRCDPISEHNRLYWYRQT LGQGPEFLTYFQNEAQLEKSRLLSDRFSAERPKGSFSTLEIQRTEQGDSAMYLCASSSNY EQYFGPGTRLTVT.Engineered Cells

[0398] Also provided are cells such as cells that contain an antigen receptor, e.g., that contains an extracellular domain including an anti-HLA-PEPTIDE ABP (e.g., a CAR or TCR),described herein. Also provided are populations of such cells, and compositions containing such cells. In some embodiments, compositions or populations are enriched for such cells, such as in which cells expressing the HLA-PEPTIDE ABP make up at least 1, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, or more than 99 percent of the total cells in the composition or cells of a certain type such as T cells or CD8+ or CD4+ cells. In some embodiments, a composition comprises at least one cell containing an antigen receptor disclosed herein. Among the compositions are pharmaceutical compositions and formulations for administration, such as for adoptive cell therapy. Also provided are therapeutic methods for administering the cells and compositions to subjects, e.g., patients.

[0399] Thus also provided are genetically engineered cells expressing an ABP comprising a receptor, e.g., a TCR or CAR. The cells generally are eukaryotic cells, such as mammalian cells, and typically are human cells. In some embodiments, the cells are derived from the blood, bone marrow, lymph, or lymphoid organs, are cells of the immune system, such as cells of the innate or adaptive immunity, e.g., myeloid or lymphoid cells, including lymphocytes, typically T cells and / or NK cells. Other exemplary cells include stem cells, such as multipotent and pluripotent stem cells, including induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs). The cells typically are primary cells, such as those isolated directly from a subject and / or isolated from a subject and frozen. In some embodiments, the cells include one or more subsets of T cells or other cell types, such as whole T cell populations, CD4+ cells, CD8+ cells, and subpopulations thereof, such as those defined by function, activation state, maturity, potential for differentiation, expansion, recirculation, localization, and / or persistence capacities, antigen-specificity, type of antigen receptor, presence in a particular organ or compartment, marker or cytokine secretion profile, and / or degree of differentiation. With reference to the subject to be treated, the cells may be allogeneic and / or autologous. Among the methods include off-the-shelf methods. In some aspects, such as for off- the-shelf technologies, the cells are pluripotent and / or multipotent, such as stem cells, such as induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs). In some embodiments, the methods include isolating cells from the subject, preparing, processing, culturing, and / or engineering them, as described herein, and re-introducing them into the same patient, before or after cryopreservation.

[0400] Among the sub-types and subpopulations of T cells and / or of CD4+ and / or of CD8+ T cells are naive T (TN) cells, effector T cells (TEFF), memory T cells and sub-types thereof, such as stem cell memory T (TSCM), central memory T (TCM), effector memory T (TEM), or terminally differentiated effector memory T cells, tumor-infiltrating lymphocytes (TIL), immature T cells, mature T cells, helper T cells, cytotoxic T cells, mucosa-associated invariant T (MALT) cells, naturally occurring and adaptive regulatory T (Treg) cells, helper T cells, such asTH1 cells, TH2 cells, TH3 cells, TH17 cells, TH9 cells, TH22 cells, follicular helper T cells, alpha / beta T cells, and delta / gamma T cells.

[0401] In some embodiments, the cells are natural killer (NK) cells. In some embodiments, the cells are monocytes or granulocytes, e.g., myeloid cells, macrophages, neutrophils, dendritic cells, mast cells, eosinophils, and / or basophils.

[0402] The cells may be genetically modified to reduce expression or knock outendogenous TCRs. Such modifications are described in Mol Ther Nucleic Acids.2012 Dec; 1(12): e63; Blood.2011 Aug 11;118(6):1495-503; Blood.2012 Jun 14; 119(24): 5697–5705; Torikai, Hiroki et al "HLA and TCR Knockout by Zinc Finger Nucleases: Toward“off-the- Shelf” Allogeneic T-Cell Therapy for CD19+ Malignancies.." Blood 116.21 (2010): 3766;Blood.2018 Jan 18;131(3):311-322. doi: 10.1182 / blood-2017-05-787598; andWO2016069283, which are incorporated by reference in their entirety.

[0403] The cells may be genetically modified to promote cytokine secretion. Such modifications are described in Hsu C, Hughes MS, Zheng Z, Bray RB, Rosenberg SA, Morgan RA. Primary human T lymphocytes engineered with a codon-optimized IL-15 gene resist cytokine withdrawal-induced apoptosis and persist long-term in the absence of exogenous cytokine. J Immunol.2005;175:7226–34; Quintarelli C, Vera JF, Savoldo B, Giordano Attianese GM, Pule M, Foster AE, Co-expression of cytokine and suicide genes to enhance the activity and safety of tumor-specific cytotoxic T lymphocytes. Blood.2007;110:2793–802; and Hsu C, Jones SA, Cohen CJ, Zheng Z, Kerstann K, Zhou J,Cytokine-independent growth and clonal expansion of a primary human CD8+ T-cell clone following retroviral transduction with the IL-15 gene. Blood.2007;109:5168–77.

[0404] Mismatching of chemokine receptors on T cells and tumor-secreted chemokines has been shown to account for the suboptimal trafficking of T cells into the tumormicroenvironment. To improve efficacy of therapy, the cells may be genetically modified to increase recognition of chemokines in tumor micro environment. Examples of suchmodifications are described in Moon et al., Expression of a functional CCR2 receptor enhances tumor localization and tumor eradication by retargeted human T cells expressing a mesothelin-specific chimeric antibody receptor.Clin Cancer Res.2011; 17: 4719-4730;and.Craddock et al., Enhanced tumor trafficking of GD2 chimeric antigen receptor T cells by expression of the chemokine receptor CCR2b. J Immunother.2010; 33: 780-788.

[0405] The cells may be genetically modified to enhance expression ofcostimulatory / enhancing receptors, such as CD28 and 41BB.

[0406] Adverse effects of T cell therapy can include cytokine release syndrome and prolonged B-cell depletion. Introduction of a suicide / safety switch in the recipient cells may improve the safety profile of a cell-based therapy. Accordingly, the cells may be genetically modified to include a suicide / safety switch. The suicide / safety switch may be a gene that confers sensitivity to an agent, e.g., a drug, upon the cell in which the gene is expressed, and which causes the cell to die when the cell is contacted with or exposed to the agent.Exemplary suicide / safety switches are described in Protein Cell.2017 Aug; 8(8): 573–589. The suicide / safety switch may be HSV-TK. The suicide / safety switch may be cytosine deaminase, purine nucleoside phosphorylase, or nitroreductase. The suicide / safety switch may be RapaCIDeTM, described in U.S. Patent Application Pub. No. US20170166877A1.The suicide / safety switch system may be CD20 / Rituximab, described in Haematologica.2009 Sep; 94(9): 1316–1320. These references are incorporated by reference in their entirety.

[0407] The TCR or CAR may be introduced into the recipient cell as a split receptor which assembles only in the presence of a heterodimerizing small molecule. Such systems are described in Science.2015 Oct 16; 350(6258): aab4077, and in U.S. Patent No.9,587,020, which are hereby incorporated by reference.

[0408] In some embodiments, the cells include one or more nucleic acids, e.g., apolynucleotide encoding a TCR or CAR disclosed herein, wherein the polynucleotide is introduced via genetic engineering, and thereby express recombinant or genetically engineered TCRs or CARs as disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the nucleic acids are heterologous, i.e., normally not present in a cell or sample obtained from the cell, such as one obtained from another organism or cell, which for example, is not ordinarily found in the cell being engineered and / or an organism from which such cell is derived. In some embodiments, the nucleic acids are not naturally occurring, such as a nucleic acid not found in nature, including one comprising chimeric combinations of nucleic acids encoding various domains from multiple different cell types.

[0409] The nucleic acids may include a codon-optimized nucleotide sequence. Without being bound to a particular theory or mechanism, it is believed that codon optimization of the nucleotide sequence increases the translation efficiency of the mRNA transcripts. Codon optimization of the nucleotide sequence may involve substituting a native codon for another codon that encodes the same amino acid, but can be translated by tRNA that is more readily available within a cell, thus increasing translation efficiency. Optimization of the nucleotidesequence may also reduce secondary mRNA structures that would interfere with translation, thus increasing translation efficiency.

[0410] A construct or vector may be used to introduce the TCR or CAR into the recipient cell. Exemplary constructs are described herein. Polynucleotides encoding the alpha and beta chains of the TCR or CAR may in a single construct or in separate constructs. The polynucleotides encoding the alpha and beta chains may be operably linked to a promoter, e.g., a heterologous promoter. The heterologous promoter may be a strong promoter, e.g., EF1alpha, CMV, PGK1, Ubc, beta actin, CAG promoter, and the like. The heterologous promoter may be a weak promoter. The heterologous promoter may be an induciblepromoter. Exemplary inducible promoters include, but are not limited to TRE, NFAT,GAL4, LAC, and the like. Other exemplary inducible expression systems are described in U.S. Patent Nos.5,514,578; 6,245,531; 7,091,038 and European Patent No.0517805, which are incorporated by reference in their entirety.

[0411] The construct for introducing the TCR or CAR into the recipient cell may also comprise a polynucleotide encoding a signal peptide (signal peptide element). The signal peptide may promote surface trafficking of the introduced TCR or CAR. Exemplary signal peptides include, but are not limited to CD8 signal peptide, immunoglobulin signal peptides, where specific examples include GM-CSF and IgG kappa. Such signal peptides aredescribed in Trends Biochem Sci.2006 Oct;31(10):563-71. Epub 2006 Aug 21; and An, et al. “Construction of a New Anti-CD19 Chimeric Antigen Receptor and the Anti-LeukemiaFunction Study of the Transduced T Cells.” Oncotarget 7.9 (2016): 10638–10649. PMC.Web.16 Aug.2018; which are hereby incorporated by reference.

[0412] In some cases, e.g., cases where the alpha and beta chains are expressed from a single construct or open reading frame, or cases wherein a marker gene is included in the construct, the construct may comprise a ribosomal skip sequence. The ribosomal skip sequence may be a 2A peptide, e.g., a P2A or T2A peptide. Exemplary P2A and T2A peptides are described in Scientific Reports volume 7, Article number: 2193 (2017), hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. In some cases, a FURIN / PACE cleavage site is introduced upstream of the 2A element. FURIN / PACE cleavage sites are described in, e.g., http: / / www.nuolan.net / substrates.html. The cleavage peptide may also be a factor Xa cleavage site. In cases where the alpha and beta chains are expressed from a single construct or open reading frame, the construct may comprise an internal ribosome entry site (IRES).

[0413] The construct may further comprise one or more marker genes. Exemplary marker genes include but are not limited to GFP, luciferase, HA, lacZ. The marker may be aselectable marker, such as an antibiotic resistance marker, a heavy metal resistance marker, or a biocide resistant marker, as is known to those of skill in the art. The marker may be a complementation marker for use in an auxotrophic host. Exemplary complementation markers and auxotrophic hosts are described in Gene.2001 Jan 24;263(1-2):159-69. Such markers may be expressed via an IRES, a frameshift sequence, a 2A peptide linker, a fusion with the TCR or CAR, or expressed separately from a separate promoter.

[0414] Exemplary vectors or systems for introducing TCRs or CARs into recipient cells include, but are not limited to Adeno-associated virus, Adenovirus, Adenovirus + Modified vaccinia, Ankara virus (MVA), Adenovirus + Retrovirus, Adenovirus + Sendai virus, Adenovirus + Vaccinia virus, Alphavirus (VEE) Replicon Vaccine, Antisenseoligonucleotide, Bifidobacterium longum, CRISPR-Cas9, E. coli, Flavivirus, Gene gun, Herpesviruses, Herpes simplex virus, Lactococcus lactis, Electroporation, Lentivirus, Lipofection, Listeria monocytogenes, Measles virus, Modified Vaccinia Ankara virus (MVA), mRNA Electroporation, Naked / Plasmid DNA, Naked / Plasmid DNA + Adenovirus, Naked / Plasmid DNA + Modified Vaccinia Ankara virus (MVA), Naked / Plasmid DNA + RNA transfer, Naked / Plasmid DNA + Vaccinia virus, Naked / Plasmid DNA + Vesicular stomatitis virus, Newcastle disease virus, Non-viral, PiggyBacTM(PB) Transposon, nanoparticle-based systems, Poliovirus, Poxvirus, Poxvirus + Vaccinia virus, Retrovirus, RNA transfer, RNA transfer + Naked / Plasmid DNA, RNA virus, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Salmonella typhimurium, Semliki forest virus, Sendai virus, Shigella dysenteriae, Simian virus, siRNA, Sleeping Beauty transposon, Streptococcus mutans, Vaccinia virus,Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus replicon, Vesicular stomatitis virus, and Vibrio cholera.

[0415] In preferred embodiments, the TCR or CAR is introduced into the recipient cell via adeno associated virus (AAV), adenovirus, CRISPR-CAS9, herpesvirus, lentivirus, lipofection, mRNA electroporation, PiggyBacTM(PB) Transposon, retrovirus, RNA transfer, or Sleeping Beauty transposon.

[0416] In some embodiments, a vector for introducing a TCR or CAR into a recipient cell is a viral vector. Exemplary viral vectors include adenoviral vectors, adeno-associated viral (AAV) vectors, lentiviral vectors, herpes viral vectors, retroviral vectors, and the like. Such vectors are described herein.

[0417] Exemplary embodiments of TCR constructs for introducing a TCR or CAR into recipient cells is shown in FIG 2. In some embodiments, a TCR construct includes, from the 5’-3’ direction, the following polynucleotide sequences: a promoter sequence, a signal peptide sequence, a TCR β variable (TCRβv) sequence, a TCR β constant ((TCRβc)sequence, a cleavage peptide (e.g., P2A), a signal peptide sequence, a TCR α variable(TCRαv) sequence, and a TCR α constant (TCRαc) sequence. In some embodiments, the TCRβc and TCRαc sequences of the construct include one or more murine regions, e.g., full murine constant sequences or human ^ murine amino acid exchanges as described herein. In some embodiments, the construct further includes, 3’ of the TCRαc sequence, a cleavage peptide sequence (e.g., T2A) followed by a reporter gene. In an embodiment, the construct includes, from the 5’-3’ direction, the following polynucleotide sequences: a promoter sequence, a signal peptide sequence, a TCR β variable (TCRβv) sequence, a TCR β constant ((TCRβc) sequence containing one or more murine regions, a cleavage peptide (e.g., P2A), a signal peptide sequence, a TCR α variable (TCRαv) sequence, and a TCR α constant(TCRαc) sequence containing one or more murine regions, a cleavage peptide (e.g., T2A), and a reporter gene.

[0418] FIG.3 depicts an exemplary construct backbone sequence for cloning TCRs into expression systems for therapy development.

[0419] FIG.4 depicts an exemplary construct sequence for cloning an identified A*0201_ LLASSILCA-specific TCR into expression systems for therapy development.

[0420] FIG.5 depicts an exemplary construct sequence for cloning an identified A*0101_ EVDPIGHLY-specific TCR into expression systems for therapy development. Nucleotides, Vectors, Host Cells, and Related Methods

[0421] Also provided are isolated nucleic acids encoding HLA-PEPTIDE ABPs, vectors comprising the nucleic acids, and host cells comprising the vectors and nucleic acids, as well as recombinant techniques for the production of the ABPs.

[0422] The nucleic acids may be recombinant. The recombinant nucleic acids may be constructed outside living cells by joining natural or synthetic nucleic acid segments to nucleic acid molecules that can replicate in a living cell, or replication products thereof. For purposes herein, the replication can be in vitro replication or in vivo replication.

[0423] For recombinant production of an ABP, the nucleic acid(s) encoding it may be isolated and inserted into a replicable vector for further cloning (i.e., amplification of the DNA) or expression. In some aspects, the nucleic acid may be produced by homologous recombination, for example as described in U.S. Patent No.5,204,244, incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0424] Many different vectors are known in the art. The vector components generally include one or more of the following: a signal sequence, an origin of replication, one or more markergenes, an enhancer element, a promoter, and a transcription termination sequence, for example as described in U.S. Patent No.5,534,615, incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0425] Exemplary vectors or constructs suitable for expressing an ABP, e.g., a TCR, CAR, antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof, include, e.g., the pUC series (Fermentas Life Sciences), the pBluescript series (Stratagene, LaJolla, CA), the pET series (Novagen, Madison, WI), the pGEX series (Pharmacia Biotech, Uppsala, Sweden), and the pEX series (Clontech, Palo Alto, CA). Bacteriophage vectors, such as AGTlO, AGTl 1, AZapII (Stratagene), AEMBL4, and ANMl 149, are also suitable for expressing an ABP disclosed herein.

[0426] Illustrative examples of suitable host cells are provided below. These host cells are not meant to be limiting, and any suitable host cell may be used to produce the ABPs provided herein.

[0427] Suitable host cells include any prokaryotic (e.g., bacterial), lower eukaryotic (e.g., yeast), or higher eukaryotic (e.g., mammalian) cells. Suitable prokaryotes include eubacteria, such as Gram-negative or Gram-positive organisms, for example, Enterobacteriaceae such as Escherichia (E. coli), Enterobacter, Erwinia, Klebsiella, Proteus, Salmonella (S. typhimurium), Serratia (S. marcescans), Shigella, Bacilli (B. subtilis and B. licheniformis), Pseudomonas (P. aeruginosa), and Streptomyces. One useful E. coli cloning host is E. coli 294, although other strains such as E. coli B, E. coli X1776, and E. coli W3110 are also suitable.

[0428] In addition to prokaryotes, eukaryotic microbes such as filamentous fungi or yeast are also suitable cloning or expression hosts for HLA-PEPTIDE ABP-encoding vectors.Saccharomyces cerevisiae, or common baker’s yeast, is a commonly used lower eukaryotic host microorganism. However, a number of other genera, species, and strains are available and useful, such as Schizosaccharomyces pombe, Kluyveromyces (K. lactis, K. fragilis, K. bulgaricus K. wickeramii, K. waltii, K. drosophilarum, K. thermotolerans, and K. marxianus), Yarrowia, Pichia pastoris, Candida (C. albicans), Trichoderma reesia, Neurospora crassa, Schwanniomyces (S. occidentalis), and filamentous fungi such as, for example Penicillium, Tolypocladium, and Aspergillus (A. nidulans and A. niger).

[0429] Useful mammalian host cells include COS-7 cells, HEK293 cells; baby hamster kidney (BHK) cells; Chinese hamster ovary (CHO); mouse sertoli cells; African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76), and the like.

[0430] The host cells used to produce the HLA-PEPTIDE ABP may be cultured in a variety of media. Commercially available media such as, for example, Ham’s F10, Minimal Essential Medium (MEM), RPMI-1640, and Dulbecco’s Modified Eagle’s Medium (DMEM) are suitable for culturing the host cells. In addition, any of the media described in Ham et al., Meth. Enz.,1979, 58:44; Barnes et al., Anal. Biochem., 1980, 102:255; and U.S. Patent Nos.4,767,704, 4,657,866, 4,927,762, 4,560,655, and 5,122,469; or WO 90 / 03430 and WO 87 / 00195 may be used. Each of the foregoing references is incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0431] Any of these media may be supplemented as necessary with hormones and / or other growth factors (such as insulin, transferrin, or epidermal growth factor), salts (such as sodium chloride, calcium, magnesium, and phosphate), buffers (such as HEPES), nucleotides (such as adenosine and thymidine), antibiotics, trace elements (defined as inorganic compounds usually present at final concentrations in the micromolar range), and glucose or an equivalent energy source. Any other necessary supplements may also be included at appropriate concentrations that would be known to those skilled in the art.

[0432] The culture conditions, such as temperature, pH, and the like, are those previously used with the host cell selected for expression, and will be apparent to the ordinarily skilled artisan.

[0433] When using recombinant techniques, the ABP can be produced intracellularly, in the periplasmic space, or directly secreted into the medium. If the ABP is produced intracellularly, as a first step, the particulate debris, either host cells or lysed fragments, is removed, for example, by centrifugation or ultrafiltration. For example, Carter et al. (Bio / Technology, 1992, 10:163-167, incorporated by reference in its entirety) describes a procedure for isolating ABPs which are secreted to the periplasmic space of E. coli. Briefly, cell paste is thawed in the presence of sodium acetate (pH 3.5), EDTA, and phenylmethylsulfonylfluoride (PMSF) over about 30 min. Cell debris can be removed by centrifugation.

[0434] In some embodiments, the ABP is produced in a cell-free system. In some aspects, the cell-free system is an in vitro transcription and translation system as described in Yin et al., mAbs, 2012, 4:217-225, incorporated by reference in its entirety. In some aspects, the cell-free system utilizes a cell-free extract from a eukaryotic cell or from a prokaryotic cell. In some aspects, the prokaryotic cell is E. coli. Cell-free expression of the ABP may be useful, for example, where the ABP accumulates in a cell as an insoluble aggregate, or where yields from periplasmic expression are low.

[0435] Where the ABP is secreted into the medium, supernatants from such expression systems are generally first concentrated using a commercially available protein concentration filter, for example, an Amicon®or Millipore®Pellcon®ultrafiltration unit. A protease inhibitor such as PMSF may be included in any of the foregoing steps to inhibit proteolysis and antibiotics may be included to prevent the growth of adventitious contaminants.

[0436] The ABP composition prepared from the cells can be purified using, for example, hydroxylapatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, and affinity chromatography, with affinity chromatography being a particularly useful purification technique. The suitability of protein A as an affinity ligand depends on the species and isotype of any immunoglobulin Fc domain that is present in the ABP. Protein A can be used to purify ABPs that comprise human γ1, γ2, or γ4 heavy chains (Lindmark et al., J. Immunol. Meth., 1983, 62:1-13, incorporated by reference in its entirety). Protein G is useful for all mouse isotypes and for human γ3 (Guss et al., EMBO J., 1986, 5:1567-1575, incorporated by reference in its entirety).

[0437] The matrix to which the affinity ligand is attached is most often agarose, but other matrices are available. Mechanically stable matrices such as controlled pore glass orpoly(styrenedivinyl)benzene allow for faster flow rates and shorter processing times than can be achieved with agarose. Where the ABP comprises a CH3 domain, the BakerBond ABX®resin is useful for purification.

[0438] Other techniques for protein purification, such as fractionation on an ion-exchange column, ethanol precipitation, Reverse Phase HPLC, chromatography on silica, chromatography on heparin Sepharose®, chromatofocusing, SDS-PAGE, and ammonium sulfate precipitation are also available, and can be applied by one of skill in the art.

[0439] Following any preliminary purification step(s), the mixture comprising the ABP of interest and contaminants may be subjected to low pH hydrophobic interaction chromatography using an elution buffer at a pH between about 2.5 to about 4.5, generally performed at low salt concentrations (e.g., from about 0 to about 0.25 M salt). Methods of Making HLA-PEPTIDE ABPsHLA-PEPTIDE Antigen Preparation

[0440] The HLA-PEPTIDE antigen used for isolation or creation of the ABPs provided herein may be intact HLA-PEPTIDE or a fragment of HLA-PEPTIDE. The HLA-PEPTIDE antigen may be, for example, in the form of isolated protein or a protein expressed on the surface of a cell.

[0441] In some embodiments, the HLA-PEPTIDE antigen is a non-naturally occurring variant of HLA-PEPTIDE, such as a HLA-PEPTIDE protein having an amino acid sequence or post-translational modification that does not occur in nature.

[0442] In some embodiments, the HLA-PEPTIDE antigen is truncated by removal of, for example, intracellular or membrane-spanning sequences, or signal sequences. In someembodiments, the HLA-PEPTIDE antigen is fused at its C-terminus to a human IgG1 Fc domain or a polyhistidine tag.Methods of Identifying ABPs

[0443] ABPs that bind HLA-PEPTIDE can be identified using any method known in the art, e.g., phage display or immunization of a subject.

[0444] One method of identifying an antigen binding protein includes providing at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target; and binding the at least one target with an antigen binding protein, thereby identifying the antigen binding protein. The antigen binding protein can be present in a library comprising a plurality of distinct antigen binding proteins.

[0445] In some embodiments, the library is a phage display library. The phage display library can be developed so that it is substantially free of antigen binding proteins that non- specifically bind the HLA of the HLA-PEPTIDE target. The antigen binding protein can be present in a yeast display library comprising a plurality of distinct antigen binding proteins. The yeast display library can be developed so that it is substantially free of antigen binding proteins that non-specifically bind the HLA of the HLA-PEPTIDE target.

[0446] In some embodiments, the library is a yeast display library.

[0447] In some embodiments, the library is a TCR display library. Exemplary TCR display libraries and methods of using such TCR display libraries are described in WO98 / 39482; WO 01 / 62908; WO 2004 / 044004; WO2005116646, WO2014018863, WO2015136072, WO2017046198; and Helmut et al, (2000) PNAS 97 (26) 14578-14583, which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.

[0448] In some aspects, the binding step is performed more than once, optionally at least three times, e.g., at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10x.

[0449] In addition, the method can also include contacting the antigen binding protein with one or more peptide-HLA complexes that are distinct from the HLA-PEPTIDE target to determine if the antigen binding protein selectively binds the HLA-PEPTIDE target.

[0450] Another method of identifying an antigen binding protein can include obtaining at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target; administering the HLA-PEPTIDE target to a subject (e.g., a mouse, rabbit or a llama), optionally in combination with an adjuvant; and isolating the antigen binding protein from the subject. Isolating the antigen binding protein can include screening the serum of the subject to identify the antigen binding protein. The method can also include contacting the antigen binding protein with one or more peptide-HLA complexes that are distinctfrom the HLA-PEPTIDE target, e.g., to determine if the antigen binding protein selectively binds to the HLA-PEPTIDE target. An antigen binding protein that is identified can be humanized.

[0451] In some aspects, isolating the antigen binding protein comprises isolating a B cell from the subject that expresses the antigen binding protein. The B cell can be used to create a hybridoma. The B cell can also be used for cloning one or more of its CDRs. The B cell can also be immortalized, for example, by using EBV transformation. Sequences encoding an antigen binding protein can be cloned from immortalized B cells or can be cloned directly from B cells isolated from an immunized subject. A library that comprises the antigen binding protein of the B cell can also be created, optionally wherein the library is phage display or yeast display.

[0452] Another method of identifying an antigen binding protein can include obtaining a cell comprising the antigen binding protein; contacting the cell with an HLA-multimer (e.g., a tetramer) comprising at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target; and identifying the antigen binding protein via binding between the HLA-multimer and the antigen binding protein.

[0453] The cell can be, e.g., a T cell, optionally a cytotoxic T lymphocyte (CTL), or a natural killer (NK) cell, for example. The method can further include isolating the cell, optionally using flow cytometry, magnetic separation, or single cell separation. The method can further include sequencing the antigen binding protein.

[0454] Another method of identifying an antigen binding protein can include obtaining one or more cells comprising the antigen binding protein; activating the one or more cells with at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target presented on at least one antigen presenting cell (APC); and identifying the antigen binding protein via selection of one or more cells activated by interaction with at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target.

[0455] The cell can be, e.g., a T cell, optionally a CTL, or an NK cell, for example. The method can further include isolating the cell, optionally using flow cytometry, magnetic separation, or single cell separation. The method can further include sequencing the antigen binding protein.Methods of Making Monoclonal ABPs

[0456] Monoclonal ABPs may be obtained, for example, using the hybridoma method first described by Kohler et al., Nature, 1975, 256:495-497 (incorporated by reference in its entirety), and / or by recombinant DNA methods (see e.g., U.S. Patent No.4,816,567, incorporated by reference in its entirety). Monoclonal ABPs may also be obtained, for example, using phage or yeast-based libraries. See e.g., U.S. Patent Nos.8,258,082 and 8,691,730, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0457] In the hybridoma method, a mouse or other appropriate host animal is immunized to elicit lymphocytes that produce or are capable of producing ABPs that will specifically bind to the protein used for immunization. Alternatively, lymphocytes may be immunized in vitro.Lymphocytes are then fused with myeloma cells using a suitable fusing agent, such as polyethylene glycol, to form a hybridoma cell. See Goding J.W., Monoclonal ABPs: Principles and Practice 3rded. (1986) Academic Press, San Diego, CA, incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0458] The hybridoma cells are seeded and grown in a suitable culture medium that contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of the unfused, parental myeloma cells. For example, if the parental myeloma cells lack the enzyme hypoxanthine guanine phosphoribosyl transferase (HGPRT or HPRT), the culture medium for the hybridomas typically will include hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine (HAT medium), which substances prevent the growth of HGPRT-deficient cells.

[0459] Useful myeloma cells are those that fuse efficiently, support stable high-level production of ABP by the selected ABP-producing cells, and are sensitive media conditions, such as the presence or absence of HAT medium. Among these, preferred myeloma cell lines are murine myeloma lines, such as those derived from MOPC-21 and MC-11 mouse tumors(available from the Salk Institute Cell Distribution Center, San Diego, CA), and SP-2 or X63- Ag8-653 cells (available from the American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, MD). Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines also have been described for the production of human monoclonal ABPs. See e.g., Kozbor, J. Immunol., 1984, 133:3001, incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0460] After the identification of hybridoma cells that produce ABPs of the desired specificity, affinity, and / or biological activity, selected clones may be subcloned by limiting dilution procedures and grown by standard methods. See Goding, supra. Suitable culture media for this purpose include, for example, D-MEM or RPMI-1640 medium. In addition, the hybridoma cells may be grown in vivo as ascites tumors in an animal.

[0461] DNA encoding the monoclonal ABPs may be readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of the monoclonal ABPs). Thus, the hybridoma cells can serve as a useful source of DNA encoding ABPs with the desired properties. Once isolated, the DNA may be placed into expression vectors, which are then transfected into host cells such as bacteria (e.g., E. coli), yeast (e.g., Saccharomyces or Pichia sp.), COS cells,Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, or myeloma cells that do not otherwise produce ABP, to produce the monoclonal ABPs.Methods of Making Chimeric ABPs

[0462] Illustrative methods of making chimeric ABPs are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No.4,816,567; and Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1984, 81:6851-6855; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. In some embodiments, a chimeric ABP is made by using recombinant techniques to combine a non-human variable region (e.g., a variable region derived from a mouse, rat, hamster, rabbit, or non-human primate, such as a monkey) with a human constant region.Methods of Making Humanized ABPs

[0463] Humanized ABPs may be generated by replacing most, or all, of the structural portions of a non-human monoclonal ABP with corresponding human ABP sequences.Consequently, a hybrid molecule is generated in which only the antigen-specific variable, or CDR, is composed of non-human sequence. Methods to obtain humanized ABPs include those described in, for example, Winter and Milstein, Nature, 1991, 349:293-299; Rader et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 1998, 95:8910-8915; Steinberger et al., J. Biol. Chem., 2000, 275:36073- 36078; Queen et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 1989, 86:10029-10033; and U.S. Patent Nos. 5,585,089, 5,693,761, 5,693,762, and 6,180,370; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.Methods of Making Human ABPs

[0464] Human ABPs can be generated by a variety of techniques known in the art, for example by using transgenic animals (e.g., humanized mice). See, e.g., Jakobovits et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 1993, 90:2551; Jakobovits et al., Nature, 1993, 362:255-258;Bruggermann et al., Year in Immuno., 1993, 7:33; and U.S. Patent Nos.5,591,669, 5,589,369 and 5,545,807; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Human ABPs can also be derived from phage-display libraries (see e.g., Hoogenboom et al., J. Mol. Biol., 1991, 227:381- 388; Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 1991, 222:581-597; and U.S. Pat. Nos.5,565,332 and 5,573,905; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety). Human ABPs may also be generated by in vitro activated B cells (see e.g., U.S. Patent. Nos.5,567,610 and 5,229,275, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety). Human ABPs may also be derived from yeast-based libraries (see e.g., U.S. Patent No.8,691,730, incorporated by reference in its entirety).Methods of Making ABP Fragments

[0465] The ABP fragments provided herein may be made by any suitable method, including the illustrative methods described herein or those known in the art. Suitable methods include recombinant techniques and proteolytic digestion of whole ABPs. Illustrative methods of making ABP fragments are described, for example, in Hudson et al., Nat. Med., 2003, 9:129-134, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making scFv ABPs are described, for example, in Plückthun, in The Pharmacology of Monoclonal ABPs, vol.113, Rosenburg and Moore eds., Springer-Verlag, New York, pp.269-315 (1994); WO 93 / 16185; and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,571,894 and 5,587,458; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.Methods of Making Alternative Scaffolds

[0466] The alternative scaffolds provided herein may be made by any suitable method, including the illustrative methods described herein or those known in the art. For example, methods of preparing AdnectinsTMare described in Emanuel et al., mAbs, 2011, 3:38-48, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of preparing iMabs are described in U.S. Pat. Pub. No.2003 / 0215914, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of preparingAnticalins®are described in Vogt and Skerra, Chem. Biochem., 2004, 5:191-199, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of preparing Kunitz domains are described in Wagner et al., Biochem. & Biophys. Res. Comm., 1992, 186:118-1145, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of preparing thioredoxin peptide aptamers are provided in Geyer and Brent, Meth. Enzymol., 2000, 328:171-208, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of preparing Affibodies are provided in Fernandez, Curr. Opinion in Biotech., 2004, 15:364-373, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of preparing DARPins are provided in Zahnd et al., J. Mol. Biol., 2007, 369:1015-1028, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of preparing Affilins are provided in Ebersbach et al., J. Mol. Biol., 2007, 372:172-185, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of preparing Tetranectins are provided in Graversen et al., J. Biol. Chem., 2000, 275:37390-37396, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of preparing Avimers are provided in Silverman et al., Nature Biotech., 2005, 23:1556-1561, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of preparing Fynomers are provided in Silacci et al., J. Biol. Chem., 2014, 289:14392-14398, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Further information on alternative scaffolds is provided in Binz et al., Nat. Biotechnol., 200523:1257- 1268; and Skerra, Current Opin. in Biotech., 200718:295-304, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.Methods of Making Multispecific ABPs

[0467] The multispecific ABPs provided herein may be made by any suitable method, including the illustrative methods described herein or those known in the art. Methods of making common light chain ABPs are described in Merchant et al., Nature Biotechnol., 1998, 16:677- 681, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making tetravalent bispecific ABPs are described in Coloma and Morrison, Nature Biotechnol., 1997, 15:159-163, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making hybrid immunoglobulins are described in Milstein and Cuello, Nature, 1983, 305:537-540; and Staerz and Bevan, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1986, 83:1453-1457; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making immunoglobulins with knobs-into-holes modification are described in U.S. Pat. No.5,731,168, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making immunoglobulins with electrostatic modifications are provided in WO 2009 / 089004, incorporated by reference in its entirety.Methods of making bispecific single chain ABPs are described in Traunecker et al., EMBO J., 1991, 10:3655-3659; and Gruber et al., J. Immunol., 1994, 152:5368-5374; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making single-chain ABPs, whose linker length may be varied, are described in U.S. Pat. Nos.4,946,778 and 5,132,405, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making diabodies are described in Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1993, 90:6444-6448, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making triabodies and tetrabodies are described in Todorovska et al., J. Immunol. Methods, 2001, 248:47-66, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making trispecific F(ab’)3 derivatives are described in Tutt et al. J. Immunol., 1991, 147:60-69, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making cross-linked ABPs are described in U.S. Patent No.4,676,980; Brennan et al., Science, 1985, 229:81-83; Staerz, et al. Nature, 1985, 314:628-631; and EP 0453082; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.Methods of making antigen-binding domains assembled by leucine zippers are described in Kostelny et al., J. Immunol., 1992, 148:1547-1553, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making ABPs via the DNL approach are described in U.S. Pat. Nos.7,521,056; 7,550,143; 7,534,866; and 7,527,787; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making hybrids of ABP and non-ABP molecules are described in WO 93 / 08829, incorporated by reference in its entirety, for examples of such ABPs. Methods of making DAF ABPs are described in U.S. Pat. Pub. No.2008 / 0069820, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making ABPs via reduction and oxidation are described in Carlring et al., PLoS One, 2011, 6:e22533, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making DVD- IgsTMare described in U.S. Pat. No.7,612,181, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methodsof making DARTsTMare described in Moore et al., Blood, 2011, 117:454-451, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making DuoBodies®are described in Labrijn et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 2013, 110:5145-5150; Gramer et al., mAbs, 2013, 5:962-972; and Labrijn et al., Nature Protocols, 2014, 9:2450-2463; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making ABPs comprising scFvs fused to the C-terminus of the CH3 from an IgG are described in Coloma and Morrison, Nature Biotechnol., 1997, 15:159-163, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making ABPs in which a Fab molecule is attached to the constant region of an immunoglobulin are described in Miler et al., J. Immunol., 2003, 170:4854- 4861, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making CovX-Bodies are described in Doppalapudi et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 2010, 107:22611-22616, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making Fcab ABPs are described in Wozniak-Knopp et al., Protein Eng. Des. Sel., 2010, 23:289-297, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making TandAb®ABPs are described in Kipriyanov et al., J. Mol. Biol., 1999, 293:41-56 and Zhukovsky et al., Blood, 2013, 122:5116, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making tandem Fabs are described in WO 2015 / 103072, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods of making ZybodiesTMare described in LaFleur et al., mAbs, 2013, 5:208-218, incorporated by reference in its entirety.Methods of Making Variants

[0468] Any suitable method can be used to introduce variability into a polynucleotide sequence(s) encoding an ABP, including error-prone PCR, chain shuffling, and oligonucleotide- directed mutagenesis such as trinucleotide-directed mutagenesis (TRIM). In some aspects, several CDR residues (e.g., 4-6 residues at a time) are randomized. CDR residues involved in antigen binding may be specifically identified, for example, using alanine scanning mutagenesis or modeling. CDR-H3 and CDR-L3 in particular are often targeted for mutation.

[0469] The introduction of diversity into the variable regions and / or CDRs can be used to produce a secondary library. The secondary library is then screened to identify ABP variants with improved affinity. Affinity maturation by constructing and reselecting from secondary libraries has been described, for example, in Hoogenboom et al., Methods in Molecular Biology, 2001, 178:1-37, incorporated by reference in its entirety. Methods for Engineering Cells with ABPs

[0470] Also provided are methods, nucleic acids, compositions, and kits, for expressing the ABPs, including receptors comprising antibodies, CARs, and TCRs, and for producing genetically engineered cells expressing such ABPs. The genetic engineering generally involvesintroduction of a nucleic acid encoding the recombinant or engineered component into the cell, such as by retroviral transduction, transfection, or transformation.

[0471] In some embodiments, gene transfer is accomplished by first stimulating the cell, such as by combining it with a stimulus that induces a response such as proliferation, survival, and / or activation, e.g., as measured by expression of a cytokine or activation marker, followed by transduction of the activated cells, and expansion in culture to numbers sufficient for clinical applications.

[0472] In some contexts, overexpression of a stimulatory factor (for example, a lymphokine or a cytokine) may be toxic to a subject. Thus, in some contexts, the engineered cells include gene segments that cause the cells to be susceptible to negative selection in vivo, such as upon administration in adoptive immunotherapy. For example in some aspects, the cells are engineered so that they can be eliminated as a result of a change in the in vivo condition of the patient to which they are administered. The negative selectable phenotype may result from the insertion of a gene that confers sensitivity to an administered agent, for example, a compound. Negative selectable genes include the Herpes simplex virus type I thymidine kinase (HSV-I TK) gene (Wigler et al., Cell II: 223, 1977) which confers ganciclovir sensitivity; the cellular hypoxanthine phosphribosyltransferase (HPRT) gene, the cellular adenine phosphoribosyltransferase (APRT) gene, bacterial cytosine deaminase, (Mullen et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA.89:33 (1992)).

[0473] In some aspects, the cells further are engineered to promote expression of cytokines or other factors. Various methods for the introduction of genetically engineered components, e.g., antigen receptors, e.g., CARs, are well known and may be used with the provided methods and compositions. Exemplary methods include those for transfer of nucleic acids encoding the receptors, including via viral, e.g., retroviral or lentiviral, transduction, transposons, and electroporation.

[0474] In some embodiments, recombinant nucleic acids are transferred into cells using recombinant infectious virus particles, such as, e.g., vectors derived from simian virus 40 (SV40), adenoviruses, adeno-associated virus (AAV). In some embodiments, recombinant nucleic acids are transferred into T cells using recombinant lentiviral vectors or retroviral vectors, such as gamma-retroviral vectors (see, e.g., Koste et al. (2014) Gene Therapy 2014 Apr. 3. doi: 10.1038 / gt.2014.25; Carlens et al. (2000) Exp Hematol 28(10): 1137-46; Alonso-Camino et al. (2013) Mol Ther Nucl Acids 2, e93; Park et al., Trends Biotechnol.2011 Nov.29(11): 550- 557.

[0475] In some embodiments, the retroviral vector has a long terminal repeat sequence (LTR), e.g., a retroviral vector derived from the Moloney murine leukemia virus (MoMLV),myeloproliferative sarcoma virus (MPSV), murine embryonic stem cell virus (MESV), murine stem cell virus (MSCV), spleen focus forming virus (SFFV), or adeno-associated virus (AAV). Most retroviral vectors are derived from murine retroviruses. In some embodiments, the retroviruses include those derived from any avian or mammalian cell source. The retroviruses typically are amphotropic, meaning that they are capable of infecting host cells of several species, including humans. In one embodiment, the gene to be expressed replaces the retroviral gag, pol and / or env sequences. A number of illustrative retroviral systems have been described (e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos.5,219,740; 6,207,453; 5,219,740; Miller and Rosman (1989) BioTechniques 7:980-990; Miller, A. D. (1990) Human Gene Therapy 1:5-14; Scarpa et al. (1991) Virology 180:849-852; Burns et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:8033-8037; and Boris-Lawrie and Temin (1993) Cur. Opin. Genet. Develop.3:102-109.

[0476] Methods of lentiviral transduction are known. Exemplary methods are described in, e.g., Wang et al. (2012) J. Immunother.35(9): 689-701; Cooper et al. (2003) Blood.101:1637- 1644; Verhoeyen et al. (2009) Methods Mol Biol.506: 97-114; and Cavalieri et al. (2003) Blood. 102(2): 497-505.

[0477] In some embodiments, recombinant nucleic acids are transferred into T cells via electroporation (see, e.g., Chicaybam et al, (2013) PLoS ONE 8(3): e60298; Van Tedeloo et al. (2000) Gene Therapy 7(16): 1431-1437; and Roth et al. (2018) Nature 559:405–409). In some embodiments, recombinant nucleic acids are transferred into T cells via transposition (see, e.g., Manuri et al. (2010) Hum Gene Ther 21(4): 427-437; Sharma et al. (2013) Molec Ther Nucl Acids 2, e74; and Huang et al. (2009) Methods Mol Biol 506: 115-126). Other methods of introducing and expressing genetic material in immune cells include calcium phosphate transfection (e.g., as described in Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York. N.Y.), protoplast fusion, cationic liposome-mediated transfection; tungsten particle-facilitated microparticle bombardment (Johnston, Nature, 346: 776-777 (1990)); and strontium phosphate DNA co-precipitation (Brash et al., Mol. Cell Biol., 7:2031-2034 (1987)).

[0478] Other approaches and vectors for transfer of the nucleic acids encoding the recombinant products are those described, e.g., in international patent application, Publication No.: WO2014055668, and U.S. Pat. No.7,446,190.

[0479] Among additional nucleic acids, e.g., genes for introduction are those to improve the efficacy of therapy, such as by promoting viability and / or function of transferred cells; genes to provide a genetic marker for selection and / or evaluation of the cells, such as to assess in vivo survival or localization; genes to improve safety, for example, by making the cell susceptible tonegative selection in vivo as described by Lupton S. D. et al., Mol. and Cell Biol., 11:6 (1991); and Riddell et al., Human Gene Therapy 3:319-338 (1992); see also the publications ofPCT / US91 / 08442 and PCT / US94 / 05601 by Lupton et al. describing the use of bifunctional selectable fusion genes derived from fusing a dominant positive selectable marker with a negative selectable marker. See, e.g., Riddell et al., U.S. Pat. No.6,040,177, at columns 14-17. Preparation of Engineered Cells

[0480] In some embodiments, preparation of the engineered cells includes one or more culture and / or preparation steps. The cells for introduction of the HLA-PEPTIDE-ABP, e.g., TCR or CAR, can be isolated from a sample, such as a biological sample, e.g., one obtained from or derived from a subject. In some embodiments, the subject from which the cell is isolated is one having the disease or condition or in need of a cell therapy or to which cell therapy will be administered. The subject in some embodiments is a human in need of a particular therapeutic intervention, such as the adoptive cell therapy for which cells are being isolated, processed, and / or engineered.

[0481] Accordingly, the cells in some embodiments are primary cells, e.g., primary human cells. The samples include tissue, fluid, and other samples taken directly from the subject, as well as samples resulting from one or more processing steps, such as separation, centrifugation, genetic engineering (e.g. transduction with viral vector), washing, and / or incubation. The biological sample can be a sample obtained directly from a biological source or a sample that is processed. Biological samples include, but are not limited to, body fluids, such as blood, plasma, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, synovial fluid, urine and sweat, tissue and organ samples, including processed samples derived therefrom.

[0482] In some aspects, the sample from which the cells are derived or isolated is blood or a blood-derived sample, or is or is derived from an apheresis or leukapheresis product. Exemplary samples include whole blood, peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs), leukocytes, bone marrow, thymus, tissue biopsy, tumor, leukemia, lymphoma, lymph node, gut associated lymphoid tissue, mucosa associated lymphoid tissue, spleen, other lymphoid tissues, liver, lung, stomach, intestine, colon, kidney, pancreas, breast, bone, prostate, cervix, testes, ovaries, tonsil, or other organ, and / or cells derived therefrom. Samples include, in the context of cell therapy, e.g., adoptive cell therapy, samples from autologous and allogeneic sources.

[0483] In some embodiments, the cells are derived from cell lines, e.g., T cell lines. The cells in some embodiments are obtained from a xenogeneic source, for example, from mouse, rat, non- human primate, or pig.

[0484] In some embodiments, isolation of the cells includes one or more preparation and / or non-affinity based cell separation steps. In some examples, cells are washed, centrifuged, and / or incubated in the presence of one or more reagents, for example, to remove unwantedcomponents, enrich for desired components, lyse or remove cells sensitive to particular reagents. In some examples, cells are separated based on one or more property, such as density, adherent properties, size, sensitivity and / or resistance to particular components.

[0485] In some examples, cells from the circulating blood of a subject are obtained, e.g., by apheresis or leukapheresis. The samples, in some aspects, contain lymphocytes, including T cells, monocytes, granulocytes, B cells, other nucleated white blood cells, red blood cells, and / or platelets, and in some aspects contains cells other than red blood cells and platelets.

[0486] In some embodiments, the blood cells collected from the subject are washed, e.g., to remove the plasma fraction and to place the cells in an appropriate buffer or media for subsequent processing steps. In some embodiments, the cells are washed with phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In some embodiments, the wash solution lacks calcium and / or magnesium and / or many or all divalent cations. In some aspects, a washing step is accomplished a semi- automated "flow-through" centrifuge (for example, the Cobe 2991 cell processor, Baxter) according to the manufacturer's instructions. In some aspects, a washing step is accomplished by tangential flow filtration (TFF) according to the manufacturer's instructions. In someembodiments, the cells are resuspended in a variety of biocompatible buffers after washing, such as, for example, Ca++ / Mg++ free PBS. In certain embodiments, components of a blood cell sample are removed and the cells directly resuspended in culture media.

[0487] In some embodiments, the methods include density-based cell separation methods, such as the preparation of white blood cells from peripheral blood by lysing the red blood cells and centrifugation through a Percoll or Ficoll gradient.

[0488] In some embodiments, the isolation methods include the separation of different cell types based on the expression or presence in the cell of one or more specific molecules, such as surface markers, e.g., surface proteins, intracellular markers, or nucleic acid. In someembodiments, any known method for separation based on such markers may be used. In some embodiments, the separation is affinity- or immunoaffinity-based separation. For example, the isolation in some aspects includes separation of cells and cell populations based on the cells' expression or expression level of one or more markers, typically cell surface markers, for example, by incubation with an antibody or binding partner that specifically binds to such markers, followed generally by washing steps and separation of cells having bound the antibody or binding partner, from those cells having not bound to the antibody or binding partner.

[0489] Such separation steps can be based on positive selection, in which the cells having bound the reagents are retained for further use, and / or negative selection, in which the cells having not bound to the antibody or binding partner are retained. In some examples, both fractions are retained for further use. In some aspects, negative selection can be particularly useful where no antibody is available that specifically identifies a cell type in a heterogeneous population, such that separation is best carried out based on markers expressed by cells other than the desired population.

[0490] The separation need not result in 100% enrichment or removal of a particular cell population or cells expressing a particular marker. For example, positive selection of or enrichment for cells of a particular type, such as those expressing a marker, refers to increasing the number or percentage of such cells, but need not result in a complete absence of cells not expressing the marker. Likewise, negative selection, removal, or depletion of cells of a particular type, such as those expressing a marker, refers to decreasing the number or percentage of such cells, but need not result in a complete removal of all such cells.

[0491] In some examples, multiple rounds of separation steps are carried out, where the positively or negatively selected fraction from one step is subjected to another separation step, such as a subsequent positive or negative selection. In some examples, a single separation step can deplete cells expressing multiple markers simultaneously, such as by incubating cells with a plurality of antibodies or binding partners, each specific for a marker targeted for negative selection. Likewise, multiple cell types can simultaneously be positively selected by incubating cells with a plurality of antibodies or binding partners expressed on the various cell types.

[0492] For example, in some aspects, specific subpopulations of T cells, such as cells positive or expressing high levels of one or more surface markers, e.g., CD28+, CD62L+, CCR7+, CD27+, CD127+, CD4+, CD8+, CD45RA+, and / or CD45RO+ T cells, are isolated by positive or negative selection techniques.

[0493] For example, CD3+, CD28+ T cells can be positively selected using CD3 / CD28 conjugated magnetic beads (e.g., DYNABEADS.RTM. M-450 CD3 / CD28 T Cell Expander).

[0494] In some embodiments, isolation is carried out by enrichment for a particular cell population by positive selection, or depletion of a particular cell population, by negative selection. In some embodiments, positive or negative selection is accomplished by incubating cells with one or more antibodies or other binding agent that specifically bind to one or more surface markers expressed or expressed (marker+) at a relatively higher level (markerhigh) on the positively or negatively selected cells, respectively.

[0495] In some embodiments, T cells are separated from a peripheral blood mononuclear cell (PBMC) sample by negative selection of markers expressed on non-T cells, such as B cells, monocytes, or other white blood cells, such as CD14. In some aspects, a CD4+ or CD8+ selection step is used to separate CD4+ helper and CD8+ cytotoxic T cells. Such CD4+ and CD8+ populations can be further sorted into sub-populations by positive or negative selection for markers expressed or expressed to a relatively higher degree on one or more naive, memory, and / or effector T cell subpopulations.

[0496] In some embodiments, CD8+ cells are further enriched for or depleted of naive, central memory, effector memory, and / or central memory stem cells, such as by positive or negative selection based on surface antigens associated with the respective subpopulation. In some embodiments, enrichment for central memory T (TCM) cells is carried out to increase efficacy, such as to improve long-term survival, expansion, and / or engraftment following administration, which in some aspects is particularly robust in such sub-populations. See Terakura et al. (2012) Blood.1:72-82; Wang et al. (2012) J Immunother.35(9):689-701. In some embodiments, combining TCM-enriched CD8+ T cells and CD4+ T cells further enhances efficacy.

[0497] In embodiments, memory T cells are present in both CD62L+ and CD62L- subsets of CD8+ peripheral blood lymphocytes. Peripheral blood mononuclear cell (PBMC) can be enriched for or depleted of CD62L-CD8+ and / or CD62L+CD8+ fractions, such as using anti- CD8 and anti-CD62L antibodies.

[0498] In some embodiments, the enrichment for central memory T (TCM) cells is based on positive or high surface expression of CD45RO, CD62L, CCR7, CD28, CD3, and / or CD 127; in some aspects, it is based on negative selection for cells expressing or highly expressing CD45RA and / or granzyme B. In some aspects, isolation of a CD8+ population enriched for TCM cells is carried out by depletion of cells expressing CD4, CD14, CD45RA, and positive selection or enrichment for cells expressing CD62L. In one aspect, enrichment for central memory T (TCM) cells is carried out starting with a negative fraction of cells selected based on CD4 expression, which is subjected to a negative selection based on expression of CD14 and CD45RA, and a positive selection based on CD62L. Such selections in some aspects are carried outsimultaneously and in other aspects are carried out sequentially, in either order. In some aspects, the same CD4 expression-based selection step used in preparing the CD8+ cell population or subpopulation, also is used to generate the CD4+ cell population or sub-population, such that both the positive and negative fractions from the CD4-based separation are retained and used insubsequent steps of the methods, optionally following one or more further positive or negative selection steps.

[0499] In a particular example, a sample of PBMCs or other white blood cell sample is subjected to selection of CD4+ cells, where both the negative and positive fractions are retained. The negative fraction then is subjected to negative selection based on expression of CD14 and CD45RA or ROR1, and positive selection based on a marker characteristic of central memory T cells, such as CD62L or CCR7, where the positive and negative selections are carried out in either order.

[0500] CD4+ T helper cells are sorted into naive, central memory, and effector cells by identifying cell populations that have cell surface antigens. CD4+ lymphocytes can be obtained by standard methods. In some embodiments, naive CD4+ T lymphocytes are CD45RO-,CD45RA+, CD62L+, CD4+ T cells. In some embodiments, central memory CD4+ cells are CD62L+ and CD45RO+. In some embodiments, effector CD4+ cells are CD62L- and CD45RO- .

[0501] In one example, to enrich for CD4+ cells by negative selection, a monoclonal antibody cocktail typically includes antibodies to CD14, CD20, CD11b, CD16, HLA-DR, and CD8. In some embodiments, the antibody or binding partner is bound to a solid support or matrix, such as a magnetic bead or paramagnetic bead, to allow for separation of cells for positive and / or negative selection. For example, in some embodiments, the cells and cell populations are separated or isolated using immune-magnetic (or affinity-magnetic) separation techniques (reviewed in Methods in Molecular Medicine, vol.58: Metastasis Research Protocols, Vol.2: Cell Behavior In Vitro and In Vivo, p 17-25 Edited by: S. A. Brooks and U. Schumacher Humana Press Inc., Totowa, N.J.).

[0502] In some aspects, the sample or composition of cells to be separated is incubated with small, magnetizable or magnetically responsive material, such as magnetically responsive particles or microparticles, such as paramagnetic beads (e.g., such as Dynabeads or MACS beads). The magnetically responsive material, e.g., particle, generally is directly or indirectly attached to a binding partner, e.g., an antibody, that specifically binds to a molecule, e.g., surface marker, present on the cell, cells, or population of cells that it is desired to separate, e.g., that it is desired to negatively or positively select.

[0503] In some embodiments, the magnetic particle or bead comprises a magnetically responsive material bound to a specific binding member, such as an antibody or other binding partner. There are many well-known magnetically responsive materials used in magnetic separation methods. Suitable magnetic particles include those described in Molday, U.S. Pat. No.4,452,773, and in European Patent Specification EP 452342 B, which are hereby incorporated by reference. Colloidal sized particles, such as those described in Owen U.S. Pat. No.4,795,698, and Liberti et al., U.S. Pat. No.5,200,084 are other examples.

[0504] The incubation generally is carried out under conditions whereby the antibodies or binding partners, or molecules, such as secondary antibodies or other reagents, whichspecifically bind to such antibodies or binding partners, which are attached to the magnetic particle or bead, specifically bind to cell surface molecules if present on cells within the sample.

[0505] In some aspects, the sample is placed in a magnetic field, and those cells having magnetically responsive or magnetizable particles attached thereto will be attracted to the magnet and separated from the unlabeled cells. For positive selection, cells that are attracted to the magnet are retained; for negative selection, cells that are not attracted (unlabeled cells) are retained. In some aspects, a combination of positive and negative selection is performed during the same selection step, where the positive and negative fractions are retained and further processed or subject to further separation steps.

[0506] In certain embodiments, the magnetically responsive particles are coated in primary antibodies or other binding partners, secondary antibodies, lectins, enzymes, or streptavidin. In certain embodiments, the magnetic particles are attached to cells via a coating of primary antibodies specific for one or more markers. In certain embodiments, the cells, rather than the beads, are labeled with a primary antibody or binding partner, and then cell-type specific secondary antibody- or other binding partner (e.g., streptavidin)-coated magnetic particles, are added. In certain embodiments, streptavidin-coated magnetic particles are used in conjunction with biotinylated primary or secondary antibodies.

[0507] In some embodiments, the magnetically responsive particles are left attached to the cells that are to be subsequently incubated, cultured and / or engineered; in some aspects, the particles are left attached to the cells for administration to a patient. In some embodiments, the magnetizable or magnetically responsive particles are removed from the cells. Methods for removing magnetizable particles from cells are known and include, e.g., the use of competing non-labeled antibodies, magnetizable particles or antibodies conjugated to cleavable linkers, etc. In some embodiments, the magnetizable particles are biodegradable.

[0508] In some embodiments, the affinity-based selection is via magnetic-activated cell sorting (MACS) (Miltenyi Biotech, Auburn, Calif.). Magnetic Activated Cell Sorting (MACS) systems are capable of high-purity selection of cells having magnetized particles attached thereto. In certain embodiments, MACS operates in a mode wherein the non-target and target species are sequentially eluted after the application of the external magnetic field. That is, thecells attached to magnetized particles are held in place while the unattached species are eluted. Then, after this first elution step is completed, the species that were trapped in the magnetic field and were prevented from being eluted are freed in some manner such that they can be eluted and recovered. In certain embodiments, the non-target cells are labelled and depleted from the heterogeneous population of cells.

[0509] In certain embodiments, the isolation or separation is carried out using a system, device, or apparatus that carries out one or more of the isolation, cell preparation, separation, processing, incubation, culture, and / or formulation steps of the methods. In some aspects, the system is used to carry out each of these steps in a closed or sterile environment, for example, to minimize error, user handling and / or contamination. In one example, the system is a system as described in International Patent Application, Publication Number WO2009 / 072003, or US 20110003380 A1.

[0510] In some embodiments, the system or apparatus carries out one or more, e.g., all, of the isolation, processing, engineering, and formulation steps in an integrated or self-contained system, and / or in an automated or programmable fashion. In some aspects, the system or apparatus includes a computer and / or computer program in communication with the system or apparatus, which allows a user to program, control, assess the outcome of, and / or adjust various aspects of the processing, isolation, engineering, and formulation steps.

[0511] In some aspects, the separation and / or other steps is carried out using CliniMACS system (Miltenyi Biotec), for example, for automated separation of cells on a clinical-scale level in a closed and sterile system. Components can include an integrated microcomputer, magnetic separation unit, peristaltic pump, and various pinch valves. The integrated computer in some aspects controls all components of the instrument and directs the system to perform repeated procedures in a standardized sequence. The magnetic separation unit in some aspects includes a movable permanent magnet and a holder for the selection column. The peristaltic pump controls the flow rate throughout the tubing set and, together with the pinch valves, ensures the controlled flow of buffer through the system and continual suspension of cells.

[0512] The CliniMACS system in some aspects uses antibody-coupled magnetizable particles that are supplied in a sterile, non-pyrogenic solution. In some embodiments, after labelling of cells with magnetic particles the cells are washed to remove excess particles. A cell preparation bag is then connected to the tubing set, which in turn is connected to a bag containing buffer and a cell collection bag. The tubing set consists of pre-assembled sterile tubing, including a pre-column and a separation column, and are for single use only. After initiation of the separation program, the system automatically applies the cell sample onto theseparation column. Labeled cells are retained within the column, while unlabeled cells are removed by a series of washing steps. In some embodiments, the cell populations for use with the methods described herein are unlabeled and are not retained in the column. In some embodiments, the cell populations for use with the methods described herein are labeled and are retained in the column. In some embodiments, the cell populations for use with the methods described herein are eluted from the column after removal of the magnetic field, and are collected within the cell collection bag.

[0513] In certain embodiments, separation and / or other steps are carried out using the CliniMACS Prodigy system (Miltenyi Biotec). The CliniMACS Prodigy system in some aspects is equipped with a cell processing unity that permits automated washing and fractionation of cells by centrifugation. The CliniMACS Prodigy system can also include an onboard camera and image recognition software that determines the optimal cell fractionation endpoint by discerning the macroscopic layers of the source cell product. For example, peripheral blood may be automatically separated into erythrocytes, white blood cells and plasma layers. The CliniMACS Prodigy system can also include an integrated cell cultivation chamber which accomplishes cell culture protocols such as, e.g., cell differentiation and expansion, antigen loading, and long-term cell culture. Input ports can allow for the sterile removal and replenishment of media and cells can be monitored using an integrated microscope. See, e.g., Klebanoff et al. (2012) JImmunother.35(9): 651-660, Terakura et al. (2012) Blood.1:72-82, and Wang et al. (2012) J Immunother.35(9):689-701.

[0514] In some embodiments, a cell population described herein is collected and enriched (or depleted) via flow cytometry, in which cells stained for multiple cell surface markers are carried in a fluidic stream. In some embodiments, a cell population described herein is collected and enriched (or depleted) via preparative scale fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS). In certain embodiments, a cell population described herein is collected and enriched (or depleted) by use of microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) chips in combination with a FACS-based detection system (see, e.g., WO 2010 / 033140, Cho et al. (2010) Lab Chip 10, 1567-1573; and Godin et al. (2008) J Biophoton.1(5):355-376. In both cases, cells can be labeled with multiple markers, allowing for the isolation of well-defined T cell subsets at high purity.

[0515] In some embodiments, the antibodies or binding partners are labeled with one or more detectable marker, to facilitate separation for positive and / or negative selection. For example, separation may be based on binding to fluorescently labeled antibodies. In some examples, separation of cells based on binding of antibodies or other binding partners specific for one or more cell surface markers are carried in a fluidic stream, such as by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS), including preparative scale (FACS) and / or microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) chips, e.g., in combination with a flow-cytometric detection system. Such methods allow for positive and negative selection based on multiple markers simultaneously.

[0516] In some embodiments, the preparation methods include steps for freezing, e.g., cryopreserving, the cells, either before or after isolation, incubation, and / or engineering. In some embodiments, the freeze and subsequent thaw step removes granulocytes and, to some extent, monocytes in the cell population. In some embodiments, the cells are suspended in a freezing solution, e.g., following a washing step to remove plasma and platelets. Any of a variety of known freezing solutions and parameters in some aspects may be used. One example involves using PBS containing 20% DMSO and 8% human serum albumin (HSA), or other suitable cell freezing media. This can then be diluted 1:1 with media so that the final concentration of DMSO and HSA are 10% and 4%, respectively. Other examples include Cryostor®, CTL-Cryo™ ABC freezing media, and the like. The cells are then frozen to -80 degrees C at a rate of 1degree per minute and stored in the vapor phase of a liquid nitrogen storage tank.

[0517] In some embodiments, the provided methods include cultivation, incubation, culture, and / or genetic engineering steps. For example, in some embodiments, provided are methods for incubating and / or engineering the depleted cell populations and culture-initiating compositions.

[0518] Thus, in some embodiments, the cell populations are incubated in a culture-initiating composition. The incubation and / or engineering may be carried out in a culture vessel, such as a unit, chamber, well, column, tube, tubing set, valve, vial, culture dish, bag, or other container for culture or cultivating cells.

[0519] In some embodiments, the cells are incubated and / or cultured prior to or in connection with genetic engineering. The incubation steps can include culture, cultivation, stimulation, activation, and / or propagation. In some embodiments, the compositions or cells are incubated in the presence of stimulating conditions or a stimulatory agent. Such conditions include those designed to induce proliferation, expansion, activation, and / or survival of cells in the population, to mimic antigen exposure, and / or to prime the cells for genetic engineering, such as for the introduction of a recombinant antigen receptor.

[0520] The conditions can include one or more of particular media, temperature, oxygen content, carbon dioxide content, time, agents, e.g., nutrients, amino acids, antibiotics, ions, and / or stimulatory factors, such as cytokines, chemokines, antigens, binding partners, fusion proteins, recombinant soluble receptors, and any other agents designed to activate the cells.

[0521] In some embodiments, the stimulating conditions or agents include one or more agent, e.g., ligand, which is capable of activating an intracellular signaling domain of a TCRcomplex. In some aspects, the agent turns on or initiates TCR / CD3 intracellular signaling cascade in a T cell. Such agents can include antibodies, such as those specific for a TCR component and / or costimulatory receptor, e.g., anti-CD3, anti-CD28, for example, bound to solid support such as a bead, and / or one or more cytokines. Optionally, the expansion method may further comprise the step of adding anti-CD3 and / or anti CD28 antibody to the culture medium (e.g., at a concentration of at least about 0.5 ng / ml). In some embodiments, the stimulating agents include IL-2 and / or IL-15, for example, an IL-2 concentration of at least about 10 units / mL.

[0522] In some aspects, incubation is carried out in accordance with techniques such as those described in U.S. Pat. No.6,040,177 to Riddell et al., Klebanoff et al. (2012) J Immunother. 35(9): 651-660, Terakura et al. (2012) Blood.1:72-82, and / or Wang et al. (2012) J Immunother. 35(9):689-701.

[0523] In some embodiments, the T cells are expanded by adding to the culture-initiating composition feeder cells, such as non-dividing peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC), (e.g., such that the resulting population of cells contains at least about 5, 10, 20, or 40 or more PBMC feeder cells for each T lymphocyte in the initial population to be expanded); and incubating the culture (e.g. for a time sufficient to expand the numbers of T cells). In some aspects, the non-dividing feeder cells can comprise gamma-irradiated PBMC feeder cells. In some embodiments, the PBMC are irradiated with gamma rays in the range of about 3000 to 3600 rads to prevent cell division. In some embodiments, the PBMC feeder cells are inactivated with Mytomicin C. In some aspects, the feeder cells are added to culture medium prior to the addition of the populations of T cells.

[0524] In some embodiments, the stimulating conditions include temperature suitable for the growth of human T lymphocytes, for example, at least about 25 degrees Celsius, generally at least about 30 degrees, and generally at or about 37 degrees Celsius. Optionally, the incubation may further comprise adding non-dividing EBV-transformed lymphoblastoid cells (LCL) as feeder cells. LCL can be irradiated with gamma rays in the range of about 6000 to 10,000 rads. The LCL feeder cells in some aspects is provided in any suitable amount, such as a ratio of LCL feeder cells to initial T lymphocytes of at least about 10:1.

[0525] In embodiments, antigen-specific T cells, such as antigen-specific CD4+ and / or CD8+ T cells, are obtained by stimulating naive or antigen specific T lymphocytes with antigen. For example, antigen-specific T cell lines or clones can be generated to cytomegalovirus antigens by isolating T cells from infected subjects and stimulating the cells in vitro with the same antigen.Assays

[0526] A variety of assays known in the art may be used to identify and characterize an HLA-PEPTIDE ABP provided herein.Binding, Competition, and Epitope Mapping Assays

[0527] Specific antigen-binding activity of an ABP provided herein may be evaluated by any suitable method, including using SPR, BLI, RIA and MSD-SET, as described elsewhere in this disclosure. Additionally, antigen-binding activity may be evaluated by ELISA assays, using flow cytometry, and / or Western blot assays.

[0528] Assays for measuring competition between two ABPs, or an ABP and another molecule (e.g., one or more ligands of HLA-PEPTIDE such as a TCR) are described elsewhere in this disclosure and, for example, in Harlow and Lane, ABPs: A Laboratory Manual ch.14, 1988, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y, incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0529] Assays for mapping the epitopes to which an ABP provided herein bind are described, for example, in Morris“Epitope Mapping Protocols,” in Methods in Molecular Biology vol.66, 1996, Humana Press, Totowa, N.J., incorporated by reference in its entirety. In someembodiments, the epitope is determined by peptide competition. In some embodiments, the epitope is determined by mass spectrometry. In some embodiments, the epitope is determined by mutagenesis. In some embodiments, the epitope is determined by crystallography.Assays for Effector Functions

[0530] Effector function following treatment with an ABP and / or cell provided herein may be evaluated using a variety of in vitro and in vivo assays known in the art, including those described in Ravetch and Kinet, Annu. Rev. Immunol., 1991, 9:457-492; U.S. Pat. Nos.5,500,362, 5,821,337; Hellstrom et al., Proc. Nat’l Acad. Sci. USA, 1986, 83:7059-7063;Hellstrom et al., Proc. Nat’l Acad. Sci. USA, 1985, 82:1499-1502; Bruggemann et al., J. Exp. Med., 1987, 166:1351-1361; Clynes et al., Proc. Nat’l Acad. Sci. USA, 1998, 95:652-656; WO 2006 / 029879; WO 2005 / 100402; Gazzano-Santoro et al., J. Immunol. Methods, 1996, 202:163- 171; Cragg et al., Blood, 2003, 101:1045-1052; Cragg et al. Blood, 2004, 103:2738-2743; and Petkova et al., Int’l. Immunol., 2006, 18:1759-1769; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.Pharmaceutical Compositions

[0531] An ABP, cell, or HLA-PEPTIDE target provided herein can be formulated in any appropriate pharmaceutical composition and administered by any suitable route ofadministration. Suitable routes of administration include, but are not limited to, the intra-arterial, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, nasal, parenteral, pulmonary, and subcutaneous routes.

[0532] The pharmaceutical composition may comprise one or more pharmaceutical excipients. Any suitable pharmaceutical excipient may be used, and one of ordinary skill in the art is capable of selecting suitable pharmaceutical excipients. Accordingly, the pharmaceutical excipients provided below are intended to be illustrative, and not limiting. Additional pharmaceutical excipients include, for example, those described in the Handbook ofPharmaceutical Excipients, Rowe et al. (Eds.) 6th Ed. (2009), incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0533] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises an anti-foaming agent. Any suitable anti-foaming agent may be used. In some aspects, the anti-foaming agent is selected from an alcohol, an ether, an oil, a wax, a silicone, a surfactant, and combinations thereof. In some aspects, the anti-foaming agent is selected from a mineral oil, a vegetable oil, ethylene bis stearamide, a paraffin wax, an ester wax, a fatty alcohol wax, a long chain fatty alcohol, a fatty acid soap, a fatty acid ester, a silicon glycol, a fluorosilicone, a polyethylene glycol-polypropylene glycol copolymer, polydimethylsiloxane-silicon dioxide, ether, octyl alcohol, capryl alcohol, sorbitan trioleate, ethyl alcohol, 2-ethyl-hexanol, dimethicone, oleyl alcohol, simethicone, and combinations thereof.

[0534] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a co-solvent. Illustrative examples of co-solvents include ethanol, poly(ethylene) glycol, butylene glycol, dimethylacetamide, glycerin, propylene glycol, and combinations thereof.

[0535] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a buffer.Illustrative examples of buffers include acetate, borate, carbonate, lactate, malate, phosphate, citrate, hydroxide, diethanolamine, monoethanolamine, glycine, methionine, guar gum, monosodium glutamate, and combinations thereof.

[0536] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a carrier or filler. Illustrative examples of carriers or fillers include lactose, maltodextrin, mannitol, sorbitol, chitosan, stearic acid, xanthan gum, guar gum, and combinations thereof.

[0537] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a surfactant.Illustrative examples of surfactants include d-alpha tocopherol, benzalkonium chloride,benzethonium chloride, cetrimide, cetylpyridinium chloride, docusate sodium, glyceryl behenate, glyceryl monooleate, lauric acid, macrogol 15 hydroxystearate, myristyl alcohol, phospholipids, polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene stearates, polyoxylglycerides, sodium lauryl sulfate, sorbitan esters, vitamin Epolyethylene(glycol) succinate, and combinations thereof.

[0538] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises an anti-caking agent. Illustrative examples of anti-caking agents include calcium phosphate (tribasic), hydroxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, magnesium oxide, and combinations thereof.

[0539] Other excipients that may be used with the pharmaceutical compositions include, for example, albumin, antioxidants, antibacterial agents, antifungal agents, bioabsorbable polymers, chelating agents, controlled release agents, diluents, dispersing agents, dissolution enhancers, emulsifying agents, gelling agents, ointment bases, penetration enhancers, preservatives, solubilizing agents, solvents, stabilizing agents, sugars, and combinations thereof. Specific examples of each of these agents are described, for example, in the Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, Rowe et al. (Eds.) 6th Ed. (2009), The Pharmaceutical Press, incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0540] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a solvent. In some aspects, the solvent is saline solution, such as a sterile isotonic saline solution or dextrose solution. In some aspects, the solvent is water for injection.

[0541] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions are in a particulate form, such as a microparticle or a nanoparticle. Microparticles and nanoparticles may be formed from any suitable material, such as a polymer or a lipid. In some aspects, the microparticles or nanoparticles are micelles, liposomes, or polymersomes.

[0542] Further provided herein are anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms comprising an ABP, since water can facilitate the degradation of some ABPs.

[0543] Anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms provided herein can be prepared using anhydrous or low moisture containing ingredients and low moisture or low humidity conditions. Pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms that comprise lactose and at least one active ingredient that comprises a primary or secondary amine can be anhydrous if substantial contact with moisture and / or humidity during manufacturing, packaging, and / or storage is expected.

[0544] An anhydrous pharmaceutical composition should be prepared and stored such that its anhydrous nature is maintained. Accordingly, anhydrous compositions can be packaged using materials known to prevent exposure to water such that they can be included in suitableformulary kits. Examples of suitable packaging include, but are not limited to, hermetically sealed foils, plastics, unit dose containers (e.g., vials), blister packs, and strip packs.

[0545] In certain embodiments, an ABP and / or cell provided herein is formulated as parenteral dosage forms. Parenteral dosage forms can be administered to subjects by various routes including, but not limited to, subcutaneous, intravenous (including infusions and bolus injections), intramuscular, and intra-arterial. Because their administration typically bypasses subjects’ natural defenses against contaminants, parenteral dosage forms are typically, sterile or capable of being sterilized prior to administration to a subject. Examples of parenteral dosage forms include, but are not limited to, solutions ready for injection, dry (e.g., lyophilized) products ready to be dissolved or suspended in a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle for injection, suspensions ready for injection, and emulsions.

[0546] Suitable vehicles that can be used to provide parenteral dosage forms are well known to those skilled in the art. Examples include, but are not limited to: Water for Injection USP; aqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer’s Injection, Dextrose Injection, Dextrose and Sodium Chloride Injection, and Lactated Ringer’s Injection; water miscible vehicles such as, but not limited to, ethyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol; and non-aqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, and benzyl benzoate.

[0547] Excipients that increase the solubility of one or more of the ABPs and / or cells disclosed herein can also be incorporated into the parenteral dosage forms.

[0548] In some embodiments, the parenteral dosage form is lyophilized. Exemplary lyophilized formulations are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos.6,267,958 and 6,171,586; and WO 2006 / 044908; each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.

[0549] In human therapeutics, the doctor will determine the posology which he considers most appropriate according to a preventive or curative treatment and according to the age, weight, condition and other factors specific to the subject to be treated.

[0550] In certain embodiments, a composition provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition or a single unit dosage form. Pharmaceutical compositions and single unit dosage forms provided herein comprise a prophylactically or therapeutically effective amount of one or more prophylactic or therapeutic ABP.

[0551] The amount of the ABP, cell, or composition which will be effective in the prevention or treatment of a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof will vary with the nature and severity of the disease or condition, and the route by which the ABP and / or cell is administered. The frequency and dosage will also vary according to factors specific for each subject depending onthe specific therapy (e.g., therapeutic or prophylactic agents) administered, the severity of the disorder, disease, or condition, the route of administration, as well as age, body, weight, response, and the past medical history of the subject. Effective doses may be extrapolated from dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal model test systems.

[0552] Different therapeutically effective amounts may be applicable for different diseases and conditions, as will be readily known by those of ordinary skill in the art. Similarly, amounts sufficient to prevent, manage, treat or ameliorate such disorders, but insufficient to cause, or sufficient to reduce, adverse effects associated with the ABPs and / or cells provided herein are also encompassed by the dosage amounts and dose frequency schedules provided herein. Further, when a subject is administered multiple dosages of a composition provided herein, not all of the dosages need be the same. For example, the dosage administered to the subject may be increased to improve the prophylactic or therapeutic effect of the composition or it may be decreased to reduce one or more side effects that a particular subject is experiencing.

[0553] In certain embodiments, treatment or prevention can be initiated with one or more loading doses of an ABP or composition provided herein followed by one or more maintenance doses.

[0554] In certain embodiments, a dose of an ABP, cell, or composition provided herein can be administered to achieve a steady-state concentration of the ABP and / or cell in blood or serum of the subject. The steady-state concentration can be determined by measurement according to techniques available to those of skill or can be based on the physical characteristics of the subject such as height, weight and age.

[0555] As discussed in more detail elsewhere in this disclosure, an ABP and / or cell provided herein may optionally be administered with one or more additional agents useful to prevent or treat a disease or disorder. The effective amount of such additional agents may depend on the amount of ABP present in the formulation, the type of disorder or treatment, and the other factors known in the art or described herein. Therapeutic Applications

[0556] For therapeutic applications, ABPs and / or cells are administered to a mammal, generally a human, in a pharmaceutically acceptable dosage form such as those known in the art and those discussed above. For example, ABPs and / or cells may be administered to a human intravenously as a bolus or by continuous infusion over a period of time, by intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intra-cerebrospinal, subcutaneous, intra-articular, intrasynovial, intrathecal, or intratumoral routes. The ABPs also are suitably administered by peritumoral, intralesional, orperilesional routes, to exert local as well as systemic therapeutic effects. The intraperitoneal route may be particularly useful, for example, in the treatment of ovarian tumors.

[0557] The ABPs and / or cells provided herein can be useful for the treatment of any disease or condition involving HLA-PEPTIDE. In some embodiments, the disease or condition is a disease or condition that can benefit from treatment with an anti-HLA-PEPTIDE ABP and / or cell. In some embodiments, the disease or condition is a tumor. In some embodiments, the disease or condition is a cell proliferative disorder. In some embodiments, the disease or condition is a cancer.

[0558] In some embodiments, the ABPs and / or cells provided herein are provided for use as a medicament. In some embodiments, the ABPs and / or cells provided herein are provided for use in the manufacture or preparation of a medicament. In some embodiments, the medicament is for the treatment of a disease or condition that can benefit from an anti-HLA-PEPTIDE ABP and / or cell. In some embodiments, the disease or condition is a tumor. In some embodiments, the disease or condition is a cell proliferative disorder. In some embodiments, the disease or condition is a cancer.

[0559] In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of treating a disease or condition in a subject in need thereof by administering an effective amount of an ABP and / or cell provided herein to the subject. In some aspects, the disease or condition is a cancer.

[0560] In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of treating a disease or condition in a subject in need thereof by administering an effective amount of an ABP and / or cell provided herein to the subject, wherein the disease or condition is a cancer, and the cancer is selected from a solid tumor and a hematological tumor.

[0561] In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of modulating an immune response in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of an ABP and / or cell or a pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein. Combination Therapies

[0562] In some embodiments, an ABP and / or cell provided herein is administered with at least one additional therapeutic agent. Any suitable additional therapeutic agent may be administered with an ABP and / or cell provided herein. An additional therapeutic agent can be fused to an ABP. In some aspects, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from radiation, a cytotoxic agent, a toxin, a chemotherapeutic agent, a cytostatic agent, an anti-hormonal agent, an EGFR inhibitor, an immunomodulatory agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an ABP.Diagnostic Methods

[0563] Also provided are methods for predicting and / or detecting the presence of a given HLA-PEPTIDE on a cell from a subject. Such methods may be used, for example, to predict and evaluate responsiveness to treatment with an ABP and / or cell provided herein.

[0564] In some embodiments, a blood or tumor sample is obtained from a subject and the fraction of cells expressing HLA-PEPTIDE is determined. In some aspects, the relative amount of HLA-PEPTIDE expressed by such cells is determined. The fraction of cells expressing HLA- PEPTIDE and the relative amount of HLA-PEPTIDE expressed by such cells can be determined by any suitable method. In some embodiments, flow cytometry is used to make suchmeasurements. In some embodiments, fluorescence assisted cell sorting (FACS) is used to make such measurement. See Li et al., J. Autoimmunity, 2003, 21:83-92 for methods of evaluating expression of HLA-PEPTIDE in peripheral blood.

[0565] In some embodiments, detecting the presence of a given HLA-PEPTIDE on a cell from a subject is performed using immunoprecipitation and mass spectrometry. This can be performed by obtaining a tumor sample (e.g., a frozen tumor sample) such as a primary tumor specimen and applying immunoprecipitation to isolate one or more peptides. The HLA alleles of the tumor sample can be determined experimentally or obtained from a third party source. The one or more peptides can be subjected to mass spectrometry (MS) to determine their sequence(s). The spectra from the MS can then be searched against a database. An example is provided in the Examples section below.

[0566] In some embodiments, predicting the presence of a given HLA-PEPTIDE on a cell from a subject is performed using a computer-based model applied to the peptide sequence and / or RNA measurements of one or more genes comprising that peptide sequence (e.g., RNA seq or RT-PCR, or nanostring) from a tumor sample. The model used can be as described in international patent application no. PCT / US2016 / 067159, herein incorporated by reference, in its entirety, for all purposes. Kits

[0567] Also provided are kits comprising an ABP and / or cell provided herein. The kits may be used for the treatment, prevention, and / or diagnosis of a disease or disorder, as described herein.

[0568] In some embodiments, the kit comprises a container and a label or package insert on or associated with the container. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, and IV solution bags. The containers may be formed from a variety of materials, such as glass orplastic. The container holds a composition that is by itself, or when combined with another composition, effective for treating, preventing and / or diagnosing a disease or disorder. The container may have a sterile access port. For example, if the container is an intravenous solution bag or a vial, it may have a port that can be pierced by a needle. At least one active agent in the composition is an ABP provided herein. The label or package insert indicates that thecomposition is used for treating the selected condition.

[0569] In some embodiments, the kit comprises (a) a first container with a first composition contained therein, wherein the first composition comprises an ABP and / or cell provided herein; and (b) a second container with a second composition contained therein, wherein the second composition comprises a further therapeutic agent. The kit in this embodiment can further comprise a package insert indicating that the compositions can be used to treat a particular condition, e.g., cancer.

[0570] Alternatively, or additionally, the kit may further comprise a second (or third) container comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable excipient. In some aspects, the excipient is a buffer. The kit may further include other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including filters, needles, and syringes. EXAMPLES

[0571] Below are examples of specific embodiments for carrying out the present invention. The examples are offered for illustrative purposes only, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention in any way. Efforts have been made to ensure accuracy with respect to numbers used (e.g., amounts, temperatures, etc.), but some experimental error and deviation should, of course, be allowed for.

[0572] The practice of the present invention will employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional methods of protein chemistry, biochemistry, recombinant DNA techniques and pharmacology, within the skill of the art. Such techniques are explained fully in the literature. See, e.g., T.E. Creighton, Proteins: Structures and Molecular Properties (W.H. Freeman and Company, 1993); A.L. Lehninger, Biochemistry (Worth Publishers, Inc., current addition);Sambrook, et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (2nd Edition, 1989); Methods In Enzymology (S. Colowick and N. Kaplan eds., Academic Press, Inc.); Remington'sPharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Edition (Easton, Pennsylvania: Mack Publishing Company, 1990); Carey and Sundberg Advanced Organic Chemistry 3rdEd. (Plenum Press) Vols A and B(1992).Example 1: Identification of Predicted HLA-PEPTIDE Complexes

[0573] We identified two classes of cancer specific HLA-peptide targets: The first class (cancer testis antigens, CTAs) are not expressed or are expressed at minimal levels in most normal tissues and expressed in tumor samples. The second class (tumor associated antigens, TAAs) are expressed highly in tumor samples and may have low expression in normal tissues.

[0574] We identified gene targets using three computational steps: First, we identified genes with low or no expression in most normal tissues using data available through the Genotype-Tissue Expression (GTEx) Project [1]. We obtained aggregated gene expression data from the Genotype-Tissue Expression (GTEx) Project (version V7p2). This dataset comprised 11,688 post-mortem samples from 714 individuals and fifty-three different tissue types. Expression was measured using RNA-Seq and computationally processed according to the GTEx standard pipeline (https: / / www.gtexportal.org / h...

Claims

CLAIMS 1. An isolated antigen binding protein (ABP) that specifically binds to a human leukocyte antigen (HLA)-PEPTIDE target, wherein the HLA-PEPTIDE target comprises an HLA- restricted peptide complexed with an HLA Class I molecule, wherein the HLA-restricted peptide is located in the peptide binding groove of an α1 / α2 heterodimer portion of the HLA Class I molecule, and wherein:a. the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype B*35:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequence EVDPIGHVY,b. the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*02:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequence AIFPGAVPAA,c. the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequence ASSLPTTMNY; ord. the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequence HSEVGLPVY.

2. The isolated ABP of claim 1, wherein the HLA-restricted peptide is between about 5-15 amino acids in length.

3. The isolated ABP of claim 2, wherein the HLA-restricted peptide is between about 8-12 amino acids in length.

4. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 1-3, whereina. the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype B*35:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence EVDPIGHVY,b. the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*02:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence AIFPGAVPAA,c. the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence ASSLPTTMNY; ord. the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence HSEVGLPVY.

5. The isolated ABP of any of the preceding claims, wherein the ABP comprises an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof.

6. The isolated ABP of claim 5, wherein the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype B*35:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequence EVDPIGHVY..

7. The isolated ABP of claim 6, wherein the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype B*35:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence EVDPIGHVY.

8. The isolated ABP of claim 6 or 7, wherein the ABP comprises a CDR-H3 comprising a sequence selected from: CARDGVRYYGMDVW, CARGVRGYDRSAGYW,CASHDYGDYGEYFQHW, CARVSWYCSSTSCGVNWFDPW,CAKVNWNDGPYFDYW, CATPTNSGYYGPYYYYGMDVW, CARDVMDVW, CAREGYGMDVW, CARDNGVGVDYW, CARGIADSGSYYGNGRDYYYGMDVW, CARGDYYFDYW, CARDGTRYYGMDVW, CARDVVANFDYW,CARGHSSGWYYYYGMDVW, CAKDLGSYGGYYW,CARSWFGGFNYHYYGMDVW, CARELPIGYGMDVW, and CARGGSYYYYGMDVW.

9. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 6-8, wherein the ABP comprises a CDR-L3 comprising a sequence selected from: CMQGLQTPITF, CMQALQTPPTF,CQQAISFPLTF, CQQANSFPLTF, CQQANSFPLTF, CQQSYSIPLTF, CQQTYMMPYTF, CQQSYITPWTF, CQQSYITPYTF, CQQYYTTPYTF, CQQSYSTPLTF,CMQALQTPLTF, CQQYGSWPRTF, CQQSYSTPVTF, CMQALQTPYTF,CQQANSFPFTF, CMQALQTPLTF, and CQQSYSTPLTF.

10. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 6-9, wherein the ABP comprises the CDR-H3 and the CDR-L3 from the scFv designated G5_P7_E7, G5_P7_B3, G5_P7_A5, G5_P7_F6, G5-P1B12, G5-P1C12, G5-P1-E05, G5-P3G01, G5-P3G08, G5-P4B02, G5-P4E04, G5R4- P1D06 , G5R4-P1H11 , G5R4-P2B10 , G5R4-P2H8 , G5R4-P3G05 , G5R4-P4A07 , or G5R4-P4B01.

11. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 6-10, wherein the ABP comprises all three heavy chain CDRs and all three light chain CDRs from the scFv designated G5_P7_E7,G5_P7_B3, G5_P7_A5, G5_P7_F6, G5-P1B12, G5-P1C12, G5-P1-E05, G5-P3G01, G5- P3G08, G5-P4B02, G5-P4E04, G5R4-P1D06 , G5R4-P1H11 , G5R4-P2B10 , G5R4-P2H8 , G5R4-P3G05 , G5R4-P4A07 , or G5R4-P4B01.

12. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 6-11, wherein the ABP comprises a VH sequence selected fromQVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYDINWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIINPRS GSTKYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDGVRYYGMDVW GQGTTVTVSSAS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGYTFTSHDINWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNPN SGDTGYAQKFQGRVTITADESTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGVRGYDRSAGY WGQGTLVIVSSAS,EVQLLESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFSFSSYWMSWVRQAPGKGLEWISYISGDSG YTNYADSVKGRFTISRDDSKNTLYLQMNSLKTEDTAVYYCASHDYGDYGEYFQH WGQGTLVTVSSAS,EVQLLQSGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNSDMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVAYISSGSS TIYYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARVSWYCSSTSCGVN WFDPWGQGTLVTVSSAS,EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNSDMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVASISSSGG YINYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAKVNWNDGPYFDYW GQGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGGTFSNFGVSWLRQAPGQGLEWMGGIIPILG TANYAQKFQGRVTITADESTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCATPTNSGYYGPYYYYG MDVWGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYNMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINP NSGGTNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDVMDVWGQG TTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSGYLVSWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPN SGGTNTAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCAREGYGMDVWGQ GTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYIFRNYPMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPD SGGTKYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDNGVGVDYWG QGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMN PNIGNTGYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGIADSGSYYG NGRDYYYGMDVWGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSSYGISWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPNS GVTKYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGDYYFDYWGQGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYDINWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPN SGDTKYSQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDGTRYYGMDV WGQGTTVTVSS,EVQLLESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSDYYMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVSYISSSSS YTNYADSVKGRFTISRDDSKNTLYLQMNSLKTEDTAVYYCARDVVANFDYWGQG TLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSSYAISWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNPD SGSTGYAQRFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGHSSGWYYYYG MDVWGQGTTVTVSS,EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFTSYSMHWVRQAPGKGLEWVSSITSFTN TMYYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAKDLGSYGGYYWGQ GTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTNYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIINPS GGSTSYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARSWFGGFNYHYY GMDVWGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNP NSGNTGYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARELPIGYGMDV WGQGTTVTVSS, andQVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGGTFSSYAISWVRQAPGQGLEWMGGIIPIVG TANYAQKFQGRVTITADESTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGGSYYYYGMDVW GQGTTVTVSS.

13. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 6-12, wherein the ABP comprises a VL sequence selected fromDIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLLHSNGYNYLDWYLQKPGQSPQLLIYLGSY RASGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCMQGLQTPITFGQGTRLEIK, DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLLHSNGYNYLDWYLQKPGQSPQLLIYLGSS RASGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCMQALQTPPTFGPGTKVDIK, DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCQASQDISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQAISFPLTFGQSTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYSASTLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQANSFPLTFGGGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQANSFPLTFGGGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSIPLTFGGGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYYASSLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQTYMMPYTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYGASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYITPWTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYITPYTFGQGTKLEIK,DIVMTQSPDSLAVSLGERATINCKTSQSVLYRPNNENYLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLIYQ ASIREPGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQAEDVAVYYCQQYYTTPYTFGQGTKLEIK, DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISRFLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYGASRPQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGQGTKVEIK,DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLLHSNGYNYLDWYLQKPGQSPQLLIYLGSH RASGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCMQALQTPLTFGGGTKVEIK, EIVMTQSPATLSVSPGERATLSCRASQSVSSNLAWYQQKPGQAPRLLIYAASARASG IPARFSGSGSGTEFTLTISSLQSEDFAVYYCQQYGSWPRTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYGASRLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPVTFGQGTKVEIK,DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLLHSNGYNYLDWYLQKPGQSPQLLIYLGSN RASGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCMQALQTPYTFGQGTKVEIK, DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCQASEDISNHLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDALSLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQANSFPFTFGPGTKVDIK,DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLLHSNGYNYLDWYLQKPGQSPQLLIYLGSN RASGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCMQALQTPLTFGQGTKVEIK, and DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGGGTKVEIK.

14. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 6-13, wherein the ABP comprises the VH sequence and VL sequence from the scFv designated G5_P7_E7, G5_P7_B3, G5_P7_A5, G5_P7_F6, G5-P1B12, G5-P1C12, G5-P1-E05, G5-P3G01, G5-P3G08, G5-P4B02, G5-P4E04, G5R4-P1D06 , G5R4-P1H11 , G5R4-P2B10 , G5R4-P2H8 , G5R4-P3G05 , G5R4- P4A07 , and G5R4-P4B01.

15. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 6-14, wherein the ABP binds to any one or more of amino acid positions 2-8 on the restricted peptide EVDPIGHVY.

16. The isolated ABP of claim 5, wherein the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*02:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequence AIFPGAVPAA.

17. The isolated ABP of claim 16, wherein the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*02:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence AIFPGAVPAA.

18. The isolated ABP of claim 16 or 17, wherein the ABP comprises a CDR-H3 comprising a sequence selected from: CARDDYGDYVAYFQHW, CARDLSYYYGMDVW,CARVYDFWSVLSGFDIW, CARVEQGYDIYYYYYMDVW,CARSYDYGDYLNFDYW, CARASGSGYYYYYGMDVW, CAASTWIQPFDYW, CASNGNYYGSGSYYNYW, CARAVYYDFWSGPFDYW, CAKGGIYYGSGSYPSW, CARGLYYMDVW, CARGLYGDYFLYYGMDVW, CARGLLGFGEFLTYGMDVW, CARDRDSSWTYYYYGMDVW, CARGLYGDYFLYYGMDVW,CARGDYYDSSGYYFPVYFDYW, and CAKDPFWSGHYYYYGMDVW.

19. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 16-18, wherein the ABP comprises a CDR-L3 comprising a sequence selected from: CQQNYNSVTF, CQQSYNTPWTF,CGQSYSTPPTF, CQQSYSAPYTF, CQQSYSIPPTF, CQQSYSAPYTF, CQQHNSYPPTF, CQQYSTYPITI, CQQANSFPWTF, CQQSHSTPQTF, CQQSYSTPLTF, CQQSYSTPLTF, CQQTYSTPWTF, CQQYGSSPYTF, CQQSHSTPLTF, CQQANGFPLTF, andCQQSYSTPLTF.

20. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 16-19, wherein the ABP comprises the CDR-H3 and the CDR-L3 from the scFv designated G8-P1A03, G8-P1A04, G8-P1A06, G8-P1B03, G8-P1C11, G8-P1D02, G8-P1H08, G8-P2B05, G8-P2E06, R3G8-P2C10, R3G8-P2E04, R3G8-P4F05, R3G8-P5C03, R3G8-P5F02, R3G8-P5G08, G8-P1C01, or G8-P2C11.

21. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 16-20, wherein the ABP comprises all three heavy chain CDRs and all three light chain CDRs from the scFv designated G8-P1A03, G8- P1A04, G8-P1A06, G8-P1B03, G8-P1C11, G8-P1D02, G8-P1H08, G8-P2B05, G8-P2E06,R3G8-P2C10, R3G8-P2E04, R3G8-P4F05, R3G8-P5C03, R3G8-P5F02, R3G8-P5G08, G8- P1C01, or G8-P2C11.

22. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 16-21, wherein the ABP comprises a VH sequence selected from:QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSRSAITWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPNS GATNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDDYGDYVAYFQ HWGQGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYPFIGQYLHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIINPSG DSATYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDLSYYYGMDVW GQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTNYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMN PIGGGTGYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARVYDFWSVLS GFDIWGQGTLVTVSS,EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSDYYMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVSGINWNG GSTGYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARVEQGYDIYYYYY MDVWGKGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTLSSYPINWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWISTYS GHADYAQKLQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARSYDYGDYLNFD YWGQGTLVTVSS,EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYWMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVSSISGRGD NTYYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARASGSGYYYYYGM DVWGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFGNYFMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMVNP SGGSETFAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCAASTWIQPFDYWG QGTLVTVSS,EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFDFSIYSMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVSAISGSGG STYYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCASNGNYYGSGSYYNY WGQGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTLTTYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINP NSGGTNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARAVYYDFWSGP FDYWGQGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPYSGGTNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCAKGGIYYGSGSY PSWGQGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGGTFSSYGVSWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWISPYS GNTDYAQKFQGRVTITADESTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGLYYMDVWGKGT TVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFSNMYLHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINP NTGDTNYAQTFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGLYGDYFLYY GMDVWGQGTKVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNP NSGNTGYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGLLGFGEFLTY GMDVWGQGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYIHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGVINPS GGSTTYAQKLQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDRDSSWTYYYY GMDVWGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSNYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNP NSGNTGYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGLYGDYFLYY GMDVWGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSSHAISWVRQAPGQGLEWMGVIIPSGG TSYTQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGDYYDSSGYYFPVYF DYWGQGTLVTVSS, andQVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYAMNWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINP NSGGTNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDPFWSGHYYY YGMDVWGQGTTVTVSS.

23. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 16-22, wherein the ABP comprises a VL sequence selected from:DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSITSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASNLETG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQNYNSVTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCWASQGISSYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYNTPWTFGPGTKVDIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQAISNSLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCGQSYSTPPTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYKASSLESGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSAPYTFGPGTKVDIK, DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCQASQDISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSIPPTFGGGTKVDIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCQASQDISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSAPYTFGGGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGINSYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASNLETG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQHNSYPPTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISRWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQYSTYPITIGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNSLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQANSFPWTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQDVSTWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQS GVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSHSTPQTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASNLETG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGGGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGGGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQTYSTPWTFGQGTKLEIK,EIVMTQSPATLSVSPGERATLSCRASQSVGNSLAWYQQKPGQAPRLLIYGASTRATG IPARFSGSGSGTEFTLTISSLQSEDFAVYYCQQYGSSPYTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISGYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSHSTPLTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQNIYTYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASNLETG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQANGFPLTFGGGTKVEIK, and DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGGGTKVEIK.

24. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 16-23, wherein the ABP comprises the VH sequence and VL sequence from the scFv designated G8-P1A03, G8-P1A04, G8-P1A06, G8-P1B03, G8-P1C11, G8-P1D02, G8-P1H08, G8-P2B05, G8-P2E06, R3G8-P2C10, R3G8-P2E04, R3G8-P4F05, R3G8-P5C03, R3G8-P5F02, R3G8-P5G08, G8-P1C01, or G8- P2C11.

25. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 16-24, wherein the ABP binds to any one or more of amino acid positions 1-5 of the restricted peptide AIFPGAVPAA.

26. The isolated ABP of claim 25, wherein the ABP binds to one or both of amino acid positions 4 and 5 of the restricted peptide AIFPGAVPAA.

27. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 16-26, wherein the ABP binds to any one or more of amino acid positions 45-60 of HLA subtype A*02:01.

28. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 16-27, wherein the ABP binds to any one or more of amino acid positions 56, 59, 60, 63, 64, 66, 67, 70, 73, 74, 132, 150-153, 155, 156, 158- 160, 162-164, 166-168, 170, and 171 of HLA subtype A*02:01.

29. The isolated ABP of claim 5, wherein the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequence ASSLPTTMNY.

30. The isolated ABP of claim 29, wherein the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence ASSLPTTMNY.

31. The isolated ABP of claim 29 or 30, wherein the ABP comprises a CDR-H3 comprising a sequence selected from: CARDQDTIFGVVITWFDPW, CARDKVYGDGFDPW, CAREDDSMDVW, CARDSSGLDPW, CARGVGNLDYW,CARDAHQYYDFWSGYYSGTYYYGMDVW, CAREQWPSYWYFDLW,CARDRGYSYGYFDYW, CARGSGDPNYYYYYGLDVW, CARDTGDHFDYW, CARAENGMDVW, CARDPGGYMDVW, CARDGDAFDIW, CARDMGDAFDIW, CAREEDGMDVW, CARDTGDHFDYW, CARGEYSSGFFFVGWFDLW, andCARETGDDAFDIW.

32. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 29-31, wherein the ABP comprises a CDR-L3 comprising a sequence selected from: CQQYFTTPYTF, CQQAEAFPYTF,CQQSYSTPITF, CQQSYIIPYTF, CHQTYSTPLTF, CQQAYSFPWTF, CQQGYSTPLTF, CQQANSFPRTF, CQQANSLPYTF, CQQSYSTPFTF, CQQSYSTPFTF, CQQSYGVPTF, CQQSYSTPLTF, CQQSYSTPLTF, CQQYYSYPWTF, CQQSYSTPFTF,CMQTLKTPLSF, and CQQSYSTPLTF.

33. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 29-32, wherein the ABP comprises the CDR-H3 and the CDR-L3 from the scFv designated R3G10-P1A07, R3G10-P1B07, R3G10-P1E12, R3G10-P1F06, R3G10-P1H01, R3G10-P1H08, R3G10-P2C04, R3G10-P2G11, R3G10-P3E04, R3G10-P4A02, R3G10-P4C05, R3G10-P4D04, R3G10-P4D10, R3G10-P4E07, R3G10-P4E12, R3G10-P4G06, R3G10-P5A08, or R3G10-P5C08.

34. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 29-33, wherein the ABP comprises all three heavy chain CDRs and all three light chain CDRs from the scFv designated R3G10-P1A07, R3G10-P1B07, R3G10-P1E12, R3G10-P1F06, R3G10-P1H01, R3G10-P1H08, R3G10- P2C04, R3G10-P2G11, R3G10-P3E04, R3G10-P4A02, R3G10-P4C05, R3G10-P4D04, R3G10-P4D10, R3G10-P4E07, R3G10-P4E12, R3G10-P4G06, R3G10-P5A08, or R3G10- P5C08.

35. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 29-34, wherein the ABP comprises a VH sequence selected from:EVQLLESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYWMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVSGISARSG RTYYADSVKGRFTISRDDSKNTLYLQMNSLKTEDTAVYYCARDQDTIFGVVITWFD PWGQGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIIHPG GGTTSYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDKVYGDGFDPW GQGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYIFTGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMIGPS DGSTSYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCAREDDSMDVWGK GTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFIGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMIGPS DGSTSYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDSSGLDPWGQG TLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMIGP SDGSTSYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGVGNLDYWGQ GTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGVTFSTSAISWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWISPYN GNTDYAQMLQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDAHQYYDFWSG YYSGTYYYGMDVWGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSNSIINWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWMNPN SGNTNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCAREQWPSYWYFDL WGRGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGGTFSTHDINWVRQAPGQGLEWMGVINPSGGSAIYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDRGYSYGYFDYW GQGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGNTFIGYYVHWVRQAPGQGLEWVGIINPNG GSISYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGSGDPNYYYYYGL DVWGQGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTLSYYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMIGP SDGSTSYAQRFQGRVTMTRDTSTGTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDTGDHFDYWG QGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIIGPS DGSTTYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARAENGMDVWGQ GTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYVHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIIAPS DGSTNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDPGGYMDVWG KGTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYLHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMIGPS DGSTSYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDGDAFDIWGQG TMVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGRISPS DGSTTYAPKFQGRVTITADESTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDMGDAFDIWGQG TTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMIGP SDGSTSYAQRFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCAREEDGMDVWGQ GTTVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTLSYYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGMIGP SDGSTSYAQRFQGRVTMTRDTSTGTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDTGDHFDYWG QGTLVTVSS,QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGGTFNNFAISWVRQAPGQGLEWMGGIIPIFD ATNYAQKFQGRVTFTADESTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARGEYSSGFFFVGWFD LWGRGTQVTVSS, andQVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYNFTGYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGIIAPS DGSTNYAQKFQGRVTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARETGDDAFDIWG QGTMVTVSS.

36. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 29-35, wherein the ABP comprises a VL sequence selected:DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQGG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQYFTTPYTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISRWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIFDASRLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQAEAFPYTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPITFGQGTRLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYKASSLESGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYIIPYTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCHQTYSTPLTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISNYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYSASNLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQAYSFPWTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQNISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQGYSTPLTFGQGTRLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQDISRYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASNLETG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQANSFPRTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCQASQDISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASNLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQANSLPYTFGQGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQNG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPFTFGPGTKVDIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQRISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYSASTLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPFTFGPGTKVDIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASKLETG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYGVPTFGQGTKLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISSWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASNLETG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGGGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGGGTKVEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGISTYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASSLQSG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQYYSYPWTFGQGTRLEIK,DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQNG VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPFTFGPGTKVDIK,DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLLHSNGYNYLDWYLQKPGQSPQLLIYLGSN RASGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCMQTLKTPLSFGGGTKVEIK, and DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISSYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASSLQSGV PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSYSTPLTFGGGTKVEIK.

37. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 29-36, wherein the ABP comprises the VH sequence and VL sequence from the scFv designated R3G10-P1A07, R3G10-P1B07, R3G10-P1E12, R3G10-P1F06, R3G10-P1H01, R3G10-P1H08, R3G10-P2C04, R3G10- P2G11, R3G10-P3E04, R3G10-P4A02, R3G10-P4C05, R3G10-P4D04, R3G10-P4D10, R3G10-P4E07, R3G10-P4E12, R3G10-P4G06, R3G10-P5A08, or R3G10-P5C08.

38. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 29-37, wherein the ABP binds to any one or more of amino acid positions 4, 6, and 7 of the restricted peptide ASSLPTTMNY.

39. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 29-38, wherein the ABP binds to any one or more of amino acid positions 49-56 of HLA subtype A*01:01.

40. An isolated antigen binding protein (ABP) that specifically binds to a human leukocyte antigen (HLA)-PEPTIDE target, wherein the HLA-PEPTIDE target comprises an HLA- restricted peptide complexed with an HLA Class I molecule, wherein the HLA-restricted peptide is located in in the peptide binding groove of an α1 / α2 heterodimer portion of the HLA Class I molecule, and wherein the HLA-PEPTIDE target is selected from Table A.

41. The isolated ABP of claim 40, wherein the HLA-restricted peptide is between about 5-15 amino acids in length.

42. The isolated ABP of claim 41, wherein the HLA-restricted peptide is between about 8-12 amino acids in length.

43. The isolated ABP of any of claims 40-42, wherein the ABP comprises an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof.

44. The antigen binding protein of any of the above claims, wherein the antigen binding protein is linked to a scaffold, optionally wherein the scaffold comprises serum albumin or Fc, optionally wherein Fc is human Fc and is an IgG (IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4), an IgA (IgA1, IgA2), an IgD, an IgE, or an IgM isotype Fc.

45. The antigen binding protein of any of the above claims, wherein the antigen binding protein is linked to a scaffold via a linker, optionally wherein the linker is a peptide linker, optionally wherein the peptide linker is a hinge region of a human antibody.

46. The antigen binding protein of any of the above claims, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises an Fv fragment, a Fab fragment, a F(ab’)2 fragment, a Fab’ fragment, an scFv fragment, an scFv-Fc fragment, and / or a single-domain antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof.

47. The antigen binding protein of any of the above claims, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises an scFv fragment.

48. The antigen binding protein of any of the above claims, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises one or more antibody complementarity determining regions (CDRs), optionally six antibody CDRs.

49. The antigen binding protein of any of the above claims, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises an antibody.

50. The antigen binding protein of any of the above claims, wherein the antigen binding protein is a monoclonal antibody.

51. The antigen binding protein of any of the above claims, wherein the antigen binding protein is a humanized, human, or chimeric antibody.

52. The antigen binding protein of any of the above claims, wherein the antigen binding protein is multispecific, optionally bispecific.

53. The antigen binding protein of any of the above claims, wherein the antigen binding protein binds greater than one antigen or greater than one epitope on a single antigen.

54. The antigen binding protein of any of the above claims, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain constant region of a class selected from IgG, IgA, IgD, IgE, and IgM.

55. The antigen binding protein of any one of the above claims, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain constant region of the class human IgG and a subclass selected from IgG1, IgG4, IgG2, and IgG3.

56. The antigen binding protein of any one of the above claims, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a modification that extends half-life.

57. The antigen binding protein of any one of the above claims, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a modified Fc, optionally wherein the modified Fc comprises one or more mutations that extend half-life, optionally wherein the one or more mutations that extend half-life is YTE.

58. The isolated ABP of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the ABP comprises a T cell receptor (TCR) or an antigen-binding portion thereof.

59. The antigen binding protein of claim 58, wherein the TCR or antigen-binding portion thereof comprises a TCR variable region.

60. The antigen binding protein of claim 58 or 59, wherein the TCR or antigen-binding portion thereof comprises one or more TCR complementarity determining regions (CDRs).

61. The antigen binding protein of any one of claims 58-60, wherein the TCR comprises an alpha chain and a beta chain.

62. The antigen binding protein of any one of claims 58-61, wherein the TCR comprises a gamma chain and a delta chain.

63. The antigen binding protein of any of the above claims, wherein the antigen binding protein is a portion of a chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) comprising: an extracellular portion comprising the antigen binding protein; and an intracellular signaling domain.

64. The antigen binding protein of claim 63, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises an scFv and the intracellular signaling domain comprises an ITAM.

65. The antigen binding protein of claim 63 or 64, wherein the intracellular signaling domain comprises a signaling domain of a zeta chain of a CD3-zeta (CD3) chain.

66. The antigen binding protein of any of claims 63-65, further comprising a transmembrane domain linking the extracellular domain and the intracellular signaling domain.

67. The antigen binding protein of claim 66, wherein the transmembrane domain comprises a transmembrane portion of CD28.

68. The antigen binding protein of any of claims 63-67, further comprising an intracellular signaling domain of a T cell costimulatory molecule.

69. The antigen binding protein of claim 68, wherein the T cell costimulatory molecule is CD28, 4-1BB, OX-40, ICOS, or any combination thereof.

70. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 58-69, wherein the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequenceASSLPTTMNY.

71. The isolated ABP of claim 70, wherein the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence ASSLPTTMNY.

72. The isolated ABP of claim 70 or 71, wherein the ABP comprises a TCR alpha CDR3 sequence selected from Table 15.

73. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 70-72, wherein the ABP comprises a TCR beta CDR3 sequence selected from Table 15.

74. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 70-73, wherein the ABP comprises an alpha CDR3 and a beta CDR3 sequence from any one of TCR clonotype ID #s: 1-344.

75. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 70-74, wherein the ABP comprises a TCR alpha variable (TRAV) amino acid sequence, a TCR alpha joining (TRAJ) amino acid sequence, a TCR beta variable (TRBV) amino acid sequence, a TCR beta diversity (TRBD) amino acid sequence, and a TCR beta joining (TRBJ) amino acid sequence, wherein each of the TRAV, TRAJ, TRBV, TRBD, and TRBJ amino acid sequences are at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the corresponding TRAV, TRAJ, TRBV, TRBD, and TRBJ amino acid sequences for any one of the TCR clonotypes selected from TCR clonotype ID #s: 1-344.

76. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 70-75, wherein the ABP comprises a TCR alpha constant (TRAC) amino acid sequence.

77. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 70-76, wherein the ABP comprises a TCR beta constant (TRBC) amino acid sequence.

78. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 70-77, wherein the ABP comprises a TCR alpha VJ sequence having at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identity to an alpha VJ sequence selected from Table 16.

79. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 70-78, wherein the ABP comprises a TCR beta V(D)J sequence having at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identity to a beta V(D)J sequence selected from Table 16.

80. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 70-79, wherein the ABP comprises a TCR alpha VJ amino acid sequence and a TCR beta V(D)J amino acid sequence, wherein each of the TCR alpha VJ and the TCR beta V(D)J amino acid sequences are at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the corresponding TCR alpha VJ and TCR beta V(D)J amino acid sequences for any one of the TCR clonotypes selected from TCR clonotype ID #s: 1-344.

81. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 58-69, wherein the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequenceHSEVGLPVY.

82. The isolated ABP of claim 81, wherein the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence HSEVGLPVY.

83. The isolated ABP of claim 81 or 82, wherein the ABP comprises a TCR alpha CDR3 sequence selected from Table 18.

84. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 81-83, wherein the ABP comprises a TCR beta CDR3 sequence selected from Table 18.

85. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 81-84, wherein the ABP comprises an alpha CDR3 and a beta CDR3 sequence from any one of TCR clonotype ID #s: 345-447.

86. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 81-85, wherein the ABP comprises a TCR alpha variable (TRAV) amino acid sequence, a TCR alpha joining (TRAJ) amino acid sequence, a TCR beta variable (TRBV) amino acid sequence, a TCR beta diversity (TRBD) amino acid sequence, and a TCR beta joining (TRBJ) amino acid sequence, wherein each of the TRAV, TRAJ, TRBV, TRBD, and TRBJ amino acid sequences are at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the corresponding TRAV, TRAJ, TRBV, TRBD, and TRBJ amino acid sequences for any one of the TCR clonotypes selected from TCR clonotype ID #s: 345-447.

87. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 81-86, wherein the ABP comprises a TCR alpha constant (TRAC) amino acid sequence.

88. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 81-87, wherein the ABP comprises a TCR beta constant (TRBC) amino acid sequence.

89. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 81-88, wherein the ABP comprises a TCR alpha VJ sequence having at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identity to an alpha VJ sequence selected from Table 19.

90. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 81-89, wherein the ABP comprises a TCR beta V(D)J sequence having at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identity to a beta V(D)J sequence selected from Table 19.

91. The isolated ABP of any one of claims 81-90, wherein the ABP comprises a TCR alpha VJ amino acid sequence and a TCR beta V(D)J amino acid sequence, wherein each of the TCR alpha VJ and the TCR beta V(D)J amino acid sequences are at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the corresponding TCR alpha VJ and TCR beta V(D)J amino acid sequences for any one of the TCR clonotypes selected from TCR clonotype ID #s: 345-447.

92. An isolated HLA-PEPTIDE target, wherein the HLA-PEPTIDE target comprises an HLA-restricted peptide complexed with an HLA Class I molecule, wherein the HLA- restricted peptide is located in in the peptide binding groove of an α1 / α2 heterodimer portion of the HLA Class I molecule, and wherein the HLA-PEPTIDE target is selected from Table A.

93. The isolated HLA-PEPTIDE target of claim 92, whereina. the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype B*35:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequence EVDPIGHVY,b. the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*02:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequence AIFPGAVPAA, orthe HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide comprises the sequence ASSLPTTMNY.

94. The isolated HLA-PEPTIDE target of claim 93, whereina. the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype B*35:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence EVDPIGHVY,b. the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*02:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence AIFPGAVPAA, orc. the HLA Class I molecule is HLA subtype A*01:01 and the HLA-restricted peptide consists of the sequence ASSLPTTMNY.

95. The isolated HLA-PEPTIDE target of any of claims 92-94, wherein the HLA-restricted peptide is between about 5-15 amino acids in length.

96. The isolated HLA-PEPTIDE target of any of claims 92-95, wherein the HLA-restricted peptide is between about 8-12 amino acids in length.

97. The isolated HLA-PEPTIDE target of any of claims 92-96, wherein the association of the HLA subtype with the restricted peptide stabilizes non-covalent association of the β2- microglobulin subunit of the HLA subtype with the α-subunit of the HLA subtype.

98. The isolated HLA-PEPTIDE target of claim 97, wherein the stabilized association of the β2-microglobulin subunit of the HLA subtype with the α-subunit of the HLA subtype is demonstrated by conditional peptide exchange.

99. The isolated HLA-PEPTIDE target of any of the preceding claims, further comprising an affinity tag.

100. The isolated HLA-PEPTIDE target of claim 99, wherein the affinity tag is a biotin tag.

101. The isolated HLA-PEPTIDE target of any of the above claims, wherein the isolated HLA-PEPTIDE target is complexed with a detectable label.

102. The isolated HLA-PEPTIDE target of claim 101, wherein the detectable label comprises a β2-microglobulin binding molecule.

103. The isolated HLA-PEPTIDE target of claim 102, wherein the β2-microglobulin binding molecule is a labeled antibody.

104. The isolated HLA-PEPTIDE target of claim 103, wherein the labeled antibody is a fluorochrome-labeled antibody.

105. A composition comprising an HLA-PEPTIDE target of any of the preceding claims attached to a solid support.

106. The composition of claim 105, wherein the solid support comprises a bead, well, membrane, tube, column, plate, sepharose, magnetic bead, or chip.

107. The composition of claim 105 or 106, wherein the HLA-PEPTIDE target comprises a first member of an affinity binding pair and the solid support comprises a second member of the affinity binding pair.

108. The composition of claim 107, wherein the first member is streptavidin and the second member is biotin.

109. A reaction mixture comprisinga. an isolated and purified α-subunit of an HLA subtype from an HLA-PEPTIDE target as described in Table A;a. an isolated and purified β2-microglobulin subunit of the HLA subtype;b. an isolated and purified restricted peptide from the HLA-PEPTIDE target as described in Table A; andc. a reaction buffer.

110. A reaction mixture comprisinga. an isolated HLA-PEPTIDE target of any of the preceding claims; and b. a plurality of T-cells isolated from a human subject.

111. The reaction mixture of claim 110, wherein the T-cells are CD8+ T-cells.

112. An isolated polynucleotide comprising a first nucleic acid sequence encoding an HLA-restricted peptide as defined in any one of claims 92-94, operably linked to a promoter, and a second nucleic acid sequence encoding an HLA subtype as defined in any one of claims 92-94, wherein the second nucleic acid is operably linked to the same or different promoter as the first nucleic acid sequence, and wherein the encoded peptide and encoded HLA subtype form an HLA / peptide complex as defined in any one of claims 92-94.

113. A kit for expressing a stable HLA-PEPTIDE target of claim, comprising a first construct comprising a first nucleic acid sequence encoding an HLA-restricted peptide as defined in any one of claims 92-94 operably linked to a promoter; and instructions for use in expressing the stable HLA-PEPTIDE complex.

114. The kit of claim 113, wherein the first construct further comprises a second nucleic acid sequence encoding an HLA subtype as defined in any one of claims 92-94.

115. The kit of claim 114, wherein the second nucleic acid sequence is operably linked to the same or a different promoter.

116. The kit of claim 113, further comprising a second construct comprising a second nucleic acid sequence encoding an HLA subtype as defined in any one of claims 92-94.

117. The kit of any of claims 113-116, wherein one or both of the first and second constructs are lentiviral vector constructs.

118. A host cell comprising a heterologous HLA-PEPTIDE target of any one of claims 92- 94.

119. A host cell which expresses an HLA subtype as defined by any one of the targets in Table A.

120. A host cell comprising a polynucleotide encoding an HLA-restricted peptide as described in Table A, e.g., a polynucleotide encoding an HLA-restricted peptide described in any one of claims 92-94.

121. The host cell of claim 120, which does not comprise endogenous MHC.

122. The host cell of claim 121, comprising an exogenous HLA.

123. The host cell of claim 122, which is a K562 or A375 cell.

124. The host cell of any of the preceding claims, which is a cultured cell from a tumor cell line.

125. The host cell of claim 124, wherein the tumor cell line expresses an HLA subtype as defined by any one of the targets in Table A.

126. The host cell of claim 124, wherein the tumor cell line is selected from the group consisting of HCC-1599, NCI-H510A, A375, LN229, NCI-H358, ZR-75-1, MS751, OE19, MOR, BV173, MCF-7, NCI-H82, Colo829, and NCI-H146.

127. A cell culture system comprisinga. a host cell of any one of the preceding claims, andb. a cell culture medium.

128. The cell culture system of claim 127, wherein the host cell expresses an HLA subtype as defined by any one of the targets in Table A, and wherein the cell culture medium comprises a restricted peptide as defined by the target in Table A.

129. The host cell of claim 127, wherein the host cell is a K562 cell which comprises an exogenous HLA, wherein the exogenous HLA is an HLA subtype as defined by any one of the targets in Table A, and wherein the cell culture medium comprises a restricted peptide as defined by the target in Table A.

130. The ABP of any of the above claims, wherein the antigen binding protein binds to the HLA-PEPTIDE target through a contact point with the HLA Class I molecule and through a contact point with the HLA-restricted peptide of the HLA-PEPTIDE target.

131. The ABP of any one of claims 12, 25, 27, 38, 39, or 130, wherein the binding of the ABP to the amino acid positions on the restricted peptide or HLA subtype, or the contact points are determined via positional scanning, hydrogen-deuterium exchange, or protein crystallography.

132. The antigen binding protein of any of the above claims for use as a medicament.

133. The antigen binding protein of any of the above claims for use in treatment of cancer, optionally wherein the cancer expresses or is predicted to express the HLA-PEPTIDE target.

134. The antigen binding protein of any of the above claims for use in treatment of cancer, wherein the cancer is selected from a solid tumor and a hematological tumor.

135. An ABP which is a conservatively modified variant of the ABP of any one of the preceding claims.

136. An antigen binding protein (ABP) that competes for binding with the antigen binding protein of any of the above claims.

137. An antigen binding protein (ABP) that binds the same HLA-PEPTIDE epitope bound by the antigen binding protein of any of the above claims.

138. An engineered cell expressing a receptor comprising the antigen binding protein of any one of the preceding claims.

139. The engineered cell of claim 138, which is a T cell, optionally a cytotoxic T cell (CTL).

140. The engineered cell of claim 138 or 139, wherein the antigen binding protein is expressed from a heterologous promoter.

141. An isolated polynucleotide or set of polynucleotides encoding the antigen binding protein of any of the above claims or an antigen-binding portion thereof.

142. An isolated polynucleotide or set of polynucleotides encoding the HLA / peptide targets of any of the above claims.

143. A vector or set of vectors comprising the polynucleotide or set of polynucleotides of claim 141 or 142.

144. A host cell comprising the polynucleotide or set of polynucleotides of any of the preceding claims or the vector or set of vectors of claim 143, optionally wherein the host cell is CHO or HEK293, or optionally wherein the host cell is a T cell.

145. A method of producing an antigen binding protein comprising expressing the antigen binding protein with the host cell of claim 144 and isolating the expressed antigen binding protein.

146. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the antigen binding protein of any of the preceding claims and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

147. A method of treating cancer in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the antigen binding protein of any of the preceding claims or a pharmaceutical composition of claim 146, optionally wherein the cancer is selected from a solid tumor and a hematological tumor.

148. The method of claim 147, wherein the cancer expresses or is predicted to express the HLA-PEPTIDE target.

149. A kit comprising the antigen binding protein of any of the preceding claims or a pharmaceutical composition of claim 146 and instructions for use.

150. A composition comprising at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target of claim 92 and an adjuvant.

151. A composition comprising at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target of claim 92 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

152. A composition comprising an amino acid sequence comprising a polypeptide of at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target disclosed in Table A, optionally the amino acid sequence consisting essentially of or consisting of the polypeptide.

153. A virus comprising the isolated polynucleotide or set of polynucleotides of any of the preceding claims.

154. The virus of claim 153, wherein the virus is a filamentous phage.

155. A yeast cell comprising the isolated polynucleotide or set of polynucleotides of any of the preceding claims.

156. A method of identifying an antigen binding protein of any of the preceding claims, comprising providing at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target listed in Table A; and binding the at least one target with the antigen binding protein, thereby identifying the antigen binding protein.

157. The method of claim 156, wherein the antigen binding protein is present in a phage display library comprising a plurality of distinct antigen binding proteins.

158. The method of claim 157, wherein the phage display library is substantially free of antigen binding proteins that non-specifically bind the HLA of the HLA-PEPTIDE target.

159. The method of claim 156, wherein the antigen binding protein is present in a TCR library comprising a plurality of distinct TCRs or antigen binding fragments thereof.

160. The method of any one of claims 156-159, wherein the binding step is performed more than once, optionally at least three times.

161. The method of any one of claims 156-160, further comprising contacting the antigen binding protein with one or more peptide-HLA complexes that are distinct from the HLA- PEPTIDE target to determine if the antigen binding protein selectively binds the HLA- PEPTIDE target, optionally wherein selectivity is determined by measuring binding affinity of the antigen binding protein to soluble target HLA-PEPTIDE complexes versus soluble HLA-PEPTIDE complexes that are distinct from target complexes, optionally wherein selectivity is determined by measuring binding affinity of the antigen binding protein to target HLA-PEPTIDE complexes expressed on the surface of one or more cells versus HLA- PEPTIDE complexes that are distinct from target complexes expressed on the surface of one or more cells.

162. A method of identifying an antigen binding protein of any of the preceding claims, comprising obtaining at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target listed in Table A; administering the HLA-PEPTIDE target to a subject, optionally in combination with an adjuvant; and isolating the antigen binding protein from the subject.

163. The method of claim 162, wherein isolating the antigen binding protein comprises screening the serum of the subject to identify the antigen binding protein.

164. The method of claim 162, further comprising contacting the antigen binding protein with one or more peptide-HLA complexes that are distinct from the HLA-PEPTIDE target to determine if the antigen binding protein selectively binds to the HLA-PEPTIDE target, optionally wherein selectivity is determined by measuring binding affinity of the antigen binding protein to soluble target HLA-PEPTIDE complexes versus soluble HLA-PEPTIDE complexes that are distinct from target complexes, optionally wherein selectivity is determined by measuring binding affinity of the antigen binding protein to target HLA- PEPTIDE complexes expressed on the surface of one or more cells versus HLA-PEPTIDE complexes that are distinct from target complexes expressed on the surface of one or more cells.

165. The method of claim 162, wherein the subject is a mouse, a rabbit, or a llama.

166. The method of claim 162, wherein isolating the antigen binding protein comprises isolating a B cell from the subject that expresses the antigen binding protein and optionally directly cloning sequences encoding the antigen binding protein from the isolated B cell.

167. The method of claim 166, further comprising creating a hybridoma using the B cell.

168. The method of claim 166, further comprising cloning CDRs from the B cell.

169. The method of claim 166, further comprising immortalizing the B cell, optionally via EBV transformation.

170. The method of claim 166, further comprising creating a library that comprises the antigen binding protein of the B cell, optionally wherein the library is phage display or yeast display.

171. The method of claim 162, further comprising humanizing the antigen binding protein.

172. A method of identifying an antigen binding protein of any of the preceding claims, comprising obtaining a cell comprising the antigen binding protein; contacting the cell with an HLA-multimer comprising at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target listed in Table A; and identifying the antigen binding protein via binding between the HLA-multimer and the antigen binding protein.

173. A method of identifying an antigen binding protein of any of the preceding claims, comprising obtaining one or more cells comprising the antigen binding protein; activating the one or more cells with at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target listed in Table A presented on a natural or an artificial antigen presenting cell (APC); and identifying the antigen binding protein via selection of one or more cells activated by interaction with at least one HLA- PEPTIDE target listed in Table A.

174. The method of claim 172 or 173, wherein the cell is a T cell, optionally a CTL.

175. The method of claim 172 or 173, further comprising isolating the cell, optionally using flow cytometry, magnetic separation, or single cell separation.

176. The method of claim 175, further comprising sequencing the antigen binding protein.

177. A method of identifying an antigen binding protein of any of the preceding claims, comprising providing at least one HLA-PEPTIDE target listed in Table A; and identifying the antigen binding protein using the target.